Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Restaurants / The Restaurant Group

The Restaurant Group

rtn · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker rtn
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Restaurants
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · The Restaurant Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2022
Great brands, memorable experiences.

The Restaurant Group plc operates over 400 
restaurants and pub restaurants. Its principal 
trading brands are Wagamama and Frankie & Benny’s. 
The Group also operates Pub restaurants and 
a Concessions business which trades principally 
at UK airports.
Contents
Overview	
01
Our brands
02
Chairman’s statement 
04
Business review
05
Financial review
09
Section 172 statement
16
Environmental and Social report
18
Corporate Governance report
35
Board of Directors
42
Audit Committee report
44
Nomination Committee report
48
Directors’ remuneration report
50
Directors’ report
67
Risk Committee and Key Group Risks
69
Directors’ responsibility statements
71
Independent Auditor’s report
72
Consolidated income statement
81
Consolidated balance sheet
82
Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity
83
Consolidated cash flow statement
84
Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements
85
Company balance sheet 
118 
Statement of changes in equity
119
Notes to the Company accounts
120
Group financial record
125
Glossary
126
Shareholder information
127

Overview
FY22 highlights
•	 Robust trading performance in a challenging casual 
dining market
–	 Wagamama, Pubs and Concessions like-for-like (“LFL”) 
sales all out-performed their respective market 1 
benchmarks in FY22 (versus 2019 comparatives)
–	 Customer ratings remain very strong across all brands
•	 Proactive cost management to mitigate ongoing 
inflationary pressures
–	 Hedging of utilities 2 for FY23, FY24, FY25 3 provided 
certainty on the cost base and at current prices 4 are 
broadly in line with the spot market 
–	 Purchase of interest rate caps saving TRG c.£4m of 
cash interest annually (at current SONIA bank rates 
of 4%) and over £12m during the next three years
•	 Amended debt facilities with extended tenor and 
improved covenant package
–	 Long-term funding in place with over four years tenor 
remaining; improved covenant arrangements and the 
ability to make further repayments 
–	 Substantial liquidity with c.£140m of cash headroom,5 
having made £110m of term loan repayments during 
the year
Medium-term priorities
•	 Strategic plan developed to deliver significant EBITDA 6 
margin accretion over a three-year time horizon; 7 targeting 
an improvement of 250bps to 350bps; driven by: 
–	 Wagamama: Continued UK new site expansion with 
improved commercial lease terms and good ongoing 
international opportunities
–	 Pubs: Driving continued strong LFL sales growth based 
on strength of operating model and resilient core offering
–	 Leisure: Proactive estate management and further 
rationalisation plan to improve future cash generation
–	 Concessions: Restructuring actions taken during Covid 
driving strong LFL sales growth as passenger volumes 
recover; proactively renewing leases to maximise future 
earnings
–	 Cost opportunities: 
–	 Short-term contracts with food and drink suppliers to 
benefit from softening of inflation
–	 Utilities deflation in FY24 and FY25 as per our hedging
–	 Central cost efficiencies plan 
•	 Target Net debt/EBITDA 6 below 1.5x within three years
FY22 financial summary 
(for the 52 weeks ended 1 January 2023)
•	 Total sales of £883.0m (2021: £636.6m)
•	 Adjusted6 EBITDA profit of £83.0m on a pre IFRS 16 basis 
(2021: £81.2m) 
•	 Adjusted6 Profit before tax of £20.3m on a pre IFRS 16 
basis (2021: £16.6m) 
•	 Statutory loss before tax of £86.8m on an IFRS 16 basis 
(2021: loss of £35.2m)
•	 Net debt of £185.7m on a pre IFRS 16 basis (2021: £171.6m), 
Net debt/EBITDA 6 at 2.2x (2021: 2.1x). Net debt on an IFRS 
16 basis of £584.6m (2021: £582.0m)
•	 Net debt on an IFRS 16 basis of £581.7m (2021: £582.0m)
Current trading and outlook
•	 Very encouraging start to the year across all our divisions:
LFL sales (%) vs 2022 comparable for the 8 weeks from 
2 January to 26 February 2023 
TRG Division
TRG  
LFL sales
TRG 
VAT Adjusted 8 
LFL sales
Wagamama
+2%
+9%
Pubs
+9%
+14%
Leisure 9
(4)%
+2%
Concessions
+48%
+56%
•	 Dine-in trends have been particularly strong:
LFL sales (%) vs 2022 comparable for the 8 weeks from 
2 January to 26 February 2023
TRG Division
Total  
LFL sales
Delivery and 
takeaway  
LFL sales
Dine-in  
LFL sales
VAT Adjusted 8 
Dine-in 
LFL sales
Wagamama
+2%
(17)%
+9%
+16%
Pubs
+9%
n/a
+9%
+14%
Leisure 9
(4)%
(17)%
(1)%
+5%
Concessions
+48%
n/a
+48%
+56%
–	 Delivery and takeaway LFL sales decline for Wagamama 
and Leisure in line with reduced demand across the 
delivery market
–	 Concessions sales recovery driven by improved 
passenger volumes with LFL sales broadly flat 
compared to 2019 levels
•	 FY23 Outlook: 
–	 A very encouraging start to the trading year
–	 Cost outlook in line with previous guidance
–	 Management’s expectations for FY23 remain unchanged
1	 Market refers to Coffer Peach tracker for restaurants (Wagamama and Leisure 
benchmark) and Coffer Peach tracker for pub restaurants (TRG Pubs 
benchmark). Coffer peach LFL sales represent the weighted average of weekly 
LFL sales reported (internal calculation). UK air passenger growth used as 
market benchmark for Concessions.
2	 Utilities relate to electricity and gas. This relates to own billed and managed 
sites and excludes landlord billed sites at shopping centres and airport 
concession sites.
3	 Fully hedged for FY23 & FY24, 80% of volume hedged for Q1-Q3 FY25.
4	 Spot prices remain volatile. At spot prices as at the end of February, TRG is hedged 
at c.£4.5m adverse in 2023, c.£1.0m adverse in 2024 and c.£3.0m positive in 2025.
5	 Cash headroom position as at 1 Jan 2023. Subject to minimum liquidity of £40m.
6	 Pre IFRS 16 Adjustment and exceptional charges.
7	 FY25 year-end run-rate. 
8	 VAT benefit boosted LFL sales by approximately 5 to 7% for the restaurant and 
pub sector in Q1 2022 (13 weeks to 3 April 2022).
9	 Leisure includes Barburrito.
Strategic report
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 01
Overview

TRG operates a diverse portfolio of popular brands, each with their 
own unique and differentiated offering, but all with great hospitality 
at their core. Our portfolio offers something for everyone.
Our brands
	156
1
Sites
Wagamama first opened its doors in 1992 in London’s 
Bloomsbury. Inspired by fast-paced, Japanese ramen bars 
and a celebration of Asian food, Wagamama burst into life 
creating a unique way of eating. Bringing the fresh, nourishing, 
flavours of Asia to all.
	42
1
Sites
TRG Concessions has over 25 years’ experience of providing 
exceptional hospitality to the travelling public and beyond. 
Our brand portfolio includes table service, counter service, 
sandwich shops, pubs and bars. We deliver existing TRG 
brands, create bespoke concepts and establish partnerships 
to franchise third-party brands. Our record of innovation, 
partnership and performance ahead of sector growth 
will ensure we remain a market leader in this industry.
	79
1
Sites
Set mostly in rural locations, each pub within the Brunning 
& Price family is unique, but all share a common love of local 
cask ales, decent, affordable wines, genuine hospitality and 
wholesome dishes cooked using the freshest ingredients.
Our characterful buildings are often set in beautiful surroundings 
and we go to great lengths to restore and preserve them, 
offering a timeless, calm, informal setting for people who like 
to meet, eat, drink and talk in a relaxed, friendly atmosphere.
	87
 1
Sites
Welcome to a place where genuine Italian passion blends 
with the confidence of New York City, the fusion that created 
the Frankie & Benny’s we all know and love today. Our passion 
for great Italian American food, a welcoming atmosphere 
and warm and friendly service is second to none. Welcome to 
Frankie & Benny’s – where “have a nice day” meets “la dolce vita”.
1	 Trading estate as at 1 Jan 2023.
1	 This relates to UK full-service restaurants as well as three delivery 
kitchens. Trading estate as at 1 Jan 2023.
1	 Trading estate as at 1 Jan 2023. Includes one site trading under the 
“est est est” brand.
1	 Trading estate as at 1 Jan 2023.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
02

	22
1
Sites
Chiquito has been delivering the best of Mexican cuisine 
for 30 years. Delivering fantastic food in a fun, fiesta-style 
environment is what the team are passionate about. 
Whether you want to embrace our Mexican heritage by 
wearing our iconic sombreros or just enjoy some classic 
dishes and drinks, Chiquito offers a fantastic experience for all.
	1
1
Sites
	3
1
Sites
Coast to Coast offers a unique and authentic take on 
American home-style dining with an extensive menu 
spanning the breadth of the USA.
	3
1
Sites
At Firejacks our mantra is simple “Meat. Fire. Friends.” 
We pride ourselves on delivering an unparalleled restaurant 
experience where food innovation is at the heart.
	17
 1
Sites
Barburrito is an award-winning Mexican style fast-casual 
restaurant chain, focused on serving fast, fresh and healthy 
Mexican food.
1	 Trading estate as at 1 Jan 2023.
1	 Trading estate as at 1 Jan 2023.
1	 Trading estate as at 1 Jan 2023.
1	 Trading estate as at 1 Jan 2023.
Strategic report
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 03
Overview

Chairman’s statement 
TRG has a strong, pro-active 
management and leadership team 
who have steered the business very 
well through an extremely challenging 
period of significant macro-economic 
uncertainty and major structural 
change in the UK casual dining 
sector and positioned the group 
for medium-term growth.”
Having now been in the role for over 12 months, I have been 
able to spend considerable time familiarising myself with the 
business, visiting a number of our restaurants and pubs 
nationwide, speaking to colleagues across the Group and 
engaging with our shareholders. TRG is one of the UK’s 
biggest hospitality businesses, a significant employer, and 
one of the few UK listed casual dining groups. TRG also has 
a strong, proactive management and leadership team who 
have steered the business very well through an extremely 
challenging period of significant macro-economic uncertainty 
and major structural change in the UK casual dining sector 
and positioned the Group for medium-term growth.
2022 was a challenging year for the casual dining sector as 
the industry “recovered” from the Covid-19 lockdowns in the 
previous two years and the travel industry started to rebuild 
passenger volumes. We entered the year with the Omicron 
variant still impacting our business, shortly followed by 
the war in Ukraine which significantly impacted utility and 
supply chain costs and resulted in increasing cost-of-living 
pressures for our customers. 
In response to the challenging macro-environment, TRG 
took decisive management actions to provide certainty on 
its cost base where possible, by hedging our utilities until 
December 2024 and reducing our interest rate exposure 
through interest rate caps. With further improvements in 
the customer offer and various operational initiatives, 
the Group has delivered a robust trading performance 
in 2022. In December, the Group successfully amended 
and extended its debt facilities providing extended tenor, 
an improved covenant package and the ability to make 
further repayments as appropriate.
I would like to thank all of my new colleagues at TRG, both at 
our Head Office and in our restaurants and pubs nationwide, 
for their continued hard work and commitment during 
another challenging year.
Whilst it is early days, the Group’s trading performance in the 
first eight weeks of the current financial year (FY23) has been 
very encouraging. The management team have developed 
a clear plan to deliver significant EBITDA margin accretion 
over a three-year time horizon and the board continues to 
consider long-term strategic options.
Ken Hanna
Chairman
7 March 2023
1	 Utilities relate to electricity and gas. This relates to own billed and managed sites and excludes landlord billed sites at shopping centres and airport concession sites. 
Fully hedged for FY23 & FY24. 80% of volume hedged for Q1-Q3 FY25.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
04

Business review
We have a clear plan to increase 
EBITDA margins over the next 
three years and deliver significant 
value for all our stakeholders.”
Introduction
Following on from the Covid-19 pandemic, 2022 was a year 
which presented new challenges for the business, primarily 
in the form of significant inflationary pressures which have 
impacted the entire casual dining sector. Through the actions 
we have taken over the course of the year, we have been 
able to navigate these cost pressures and now look forward 
with a greater degree of visibility on our key cost lines. 
We have developed plans which are focused on achieving 
significant EBITDA margin accretion over a three-year time 
horizon, with a number of proactive initiatives now in place to 
drive the greatest value from our portfolio, expanding where 
we see attractive returns whilst effectively managing both 
pricing and costs. 
We provide more detailed updates below: 
Key updates in FY22:
1.	Our diversified multi-brand portfolio 
2.	Navigating cost headwinds
Our medium-term priorities:
3.	Investing in long-term growth opportunities 
4.	Proactive plan to deliver EBITDA margin accretion over 
three years
1. Our diversified multi-brand portfolio
Note: All LFL sales figures for FY22 quoted in this section 
are versus 2019 comparables.
Wagamama
Wagamama is the only UK pan-Asian brand concept of 
scale and is one of the UK’s market-leading premium casual 
dining brands. The business has had a consistent and strong 
track record of market LFL sales outperformance pre-Covid. 
This continued in FY22, with Wagamama achieving LFL 
sales growth of 8%, representing a 3% outperformance 
versus the market. Customer ratings have remained excellent 
with the December 2022 external NPS scores (as measured 
by BrandVue) positioning Wagamama as the number one 
brand amongst casual dining chains in the UK.
This performance is underpinned by strong brand health 
and core operational drivers as follows: 
•	 Trend-led menu innovation: The business continues 
to innovate in anticipation of future food trends with a 
focus on maintaining our 50% plant-based commitment 
whilst also protecting iconic Wagamama dishes. Vegan 
participation of sales has grown to 20% which has been 
supported by the launch of our plant-pledge and 50% 
plant-based menu. Additionally the business launched 
its gyoza ramen dishes over the winter, which have seen 
strong participation with the chicken gyoza ramen being 
the third most popular dish on the menu.
•	 Unique colleague-centric culture: The Wagamama 
business continues to be underpinned by a strong people 
culture which has been a key focus since the business 
started over 30 years ago. The business stands for radical 
inclusion which drives ethnically diverse teams (43% of our 
teams identify as non-white) and also benefits from strong 
restaurant leadership stability with a high average length 
of service (General Manager: 5 years; Head Chef; 7 years). 
This in turn drives strong unit economics and stability 
within teams.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 05
Strategic report

Business review continued
•	 Purpose-led marketing activity: Wagamama has a focus 
on building relevant, distinctive marketing campaigns that 
look to drive short-term sales and long-term brand saliency. 
The business has a key focus on its purpose pillars of 
sustainability, mental health and radical inclusion whilst 
also driving relevancy in its marketing activations. A recent 
partnership example with Niko Omilana (a prominent 
YouTube influencer) helped to generate strong engagement 
and grew student penetration by 24% in 2022. 
Pubs
Our Brunning & Price Pubs business is a premium food-led 
concept and also has had a consistent and strong track 
record of market LFL sales outperformance pre-Covid. 
The business delivered an exceptional performance in FY22, 
delivering LFL sales growth of 10%, representing an 11% 
outperformance versus the market. Customer sentiment 
remains strong with social media scores (consolidation 
of Google, Facebook and Tripadvisor scores) averaging 
approximately 4.5/5 for 2022, maintaining our highest 
rating over the past five years.
The core drivers that generate this consistently strong 
performance are: 
•	 Attractive customer demographics: An average of 
60% of the total population within a 15-minute drive time 
forming part of the higher income classes (A to C1), usually 
comprising at least a 25,000 total catchment population.
•	 Defensible, well-invested locations: Having sites 
situated primarily in rural and suburban locations (c.80%) 
with spacious layouts and limited competition nearby has 
been instrumental in the Group’s ability to trade strongly. 
Over 60% of the Pubs estate benefits from having over 
100 “external” covers.
•	 Localised business model with strong execution: 
The business model benefits from autonomy on menu 
selection at a site level which allows pubs to adapt their 
offering to local demand and the business benefits from 
strong retention and stability of its management team.
The business also benefits from strong asset backing 
with approximately 50% of our pubs being freehold. 
In August 2022, our freehold pub estate was valued 
at £160 million according to a third-party valuation 
commissioned by the Group.
Leisure
The business achieved flat LFL sales growth in FY22, 
5% behind the market. The Leisure business is in a 
highly contested market segment and is the component 
of our portfolio most exposed to changes in wider 
consumer sentiment, and therefore Leisure’s trading 
performance has been the most directly impacted by 
the cost-of-living pressures.
Despite the challenging trading backdrop, customer ratings 
remain strong with a 10% improvement in NPS achieved 
across Frankie & Benny’s over the year and 5% for Chiquito 
(as measured by the Yumpingo platform).
The key drivers of this improved customer sentiment have been: 
•	 Continued investment in food & drink quality: The 
number of core menu items was reduced by 15% to 20% 
for the winter menu launch which further supported our 
focus on improved food quality and dish execution. Drinks 
presentation has improved significantly with new glassware 
across our range including our popular cocktails. 
•	 Improved colleague engagement through our “Raise 
the Roof” programme: Over 35% of our Leisure teams 
have now graduated through the programme driving a 
strong improvement in customer NPS and team 
engagement scores. 85% of our colleagues are happy 
in their role with over 80% recommending the business 
as a great place to work. 
In response to the tough macro-environment, the Leisure 
business has proactively developed a further estate 
rationalisation plan in order to further enhance its cash 
generation. There is a good level of lease flexibility across 
the Leisure business and we plan to exit c.35 potentially 
loss-making locations over the next two years through a 
combination of exercising break clauses, lease expiries, 
selective conversions and accelerated disposals as follows:
•	 Conversions: One to three sites to be converted to 
Wagamama over the next two years 
•	 Lease events: At least 13 sites will be exited at break 
clause or lease expiry
•	 Freeholds: Seven freeholds will be sold 
•	 Accelerated disposals: Sites are being marketed for 
exit and we expect to dispose of 10-20 sites
Overall, as a consequence of the above actions, the Leisure 
estate is expected to reduce by c.30% from 116 sites today 
to 75-85 sites by 2024.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
06

Concessions
The Concessions business recovered strongly during 2022 
with all 42 sites open for trading during the peak summer 
season. The significant increase in demand over Easter 
created several operational challenges, not least the ability 
to recruit and retain sufficient team members in a highly 
competitive market. Our teams performed heroically 
against a tough backdrop to be ready for the busy 
summer trading period. 
LFL sales declined by 13%, 10% ahead of the passenger 
volume decline of 23% over the year. Sales have benefited 
from a higher than anticipated recovery in passenger volumes 
as well as an increased average spend per passenger, partly 
through increased pricing to offset inflationary pressures and 
partly through increased dwell times.
The Concessions team are very well positioned to maintain 
strong momentum into 2023 and 2024 as the recovery in 
passenger numbers continues.
2. Navigating cost headwinds
TRG has a policy of proactive risk management ensuring we 
have certainty over our future cost base wherever possible. 
As announced at the Group’s interim results on 8 September 
2022, TRG chose to hedge utilities to achieve certainty in 
a highly volatile market.
At current spot utilities prices (which remain extremely 
volatile) TRG is currently hedged broadly in line with current 
spot prices. 1 
As announced on 22 December 2022, in challenging market 
conditions TRG successfully secured debt financing for the 
next four years with improved covenant arrangements and 
has the ability to make further repayments as appropriate. 
This is vital in a casual dining sector where debt financing 
has proven exceptionally difficult to achieve since Covid. 
The benefit from TRG’s purchasing of an “interest rate cap” 
in 2021 means that, based on the current Bank of England 
base rate of 4%, the current cash saving is over £4 million 
per annum, or £12m over the term of the hedges.
3. Investing in long-term growth opportunities
Our Wagamama business has a track record of delivering 
strong returns on new sites and despite the near-term cost 
challenges we plan to selectively grow the business. In FY23 
our development capital expenditure will be focused on 
growing Wagamama UK sites and supporting our US JV 
partners with their roll-out plans:
Wagamama UK: Our returns from openings over the last 
four years (20 sites opened during 2018-2021) excluding 
central London sites have continued to be strong and 
achieved ROIC of between 35 and 40% in FY22. The two 
central London sites we opened during this period have 
been impacted by the changes in working patterns affecting 
central London. 
Our most recent regional openings in 2022 (six sites) 
have benefited from improved commercial terms and are 
expected to deliver ROIC2 of c.40% in FY23. These new 
regional sites offer large virgin catchments with relatively 
low fixed costs, good incentives and strong brand 
awareness and demand.
These exceptionally strong returns achieved by our 
regional openings gives us confidence to continue to 
invest in our expansion programme despite the recent 
elevated level of inflationary pressure in utility and supply 
chain costs this year.
We have clear visibility of a profitable openings programme 
over the next three years with a healthy pipeline in place, and 
plan to open five sites in FY23 and a further five sites in FY24 
and FY25 respectively.
Long-term ambitions include significant measured roll-out 
potential to expand in the UK to a targeted c.200 restaurants 
(from 156 today).
1	 Spot prices remain volatile. At spot prices as at the end of February, TRG is hedged at c.£4.5m adverse in 2023, c.£1m adverse in 2024 and c.£3m positive in 2025.
2	 ROIC refers to return on invested capital defined by outlet EBITDA/initial capex invested.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 07
Strategic report

Business review continued
Wagamama US: Our US JV is a 20:80 partnership (with TRG 
as the minority investor) and the JV assumes full ownership of 
the operations of the US business. The JV therefore provides 
TRG with a capital efficient means for expanding the business 
in the US. TRG retains the option to repurchase the remaining 
80% of the business starting in December 2027. 
Our US JV partners have made good progress with the 
operations in the business with customer ratings having 
improved significantly and currently average 4.2/5 for FY22 
versus 3.9/5 in FY21 (as measured by Yelp). 
With regard to new site development, the JV is focusing its 
expansion plans in regions outside of New York and Boston, 
where the operating and property costs are significantly 
lower, and in the last six months has opened two new sites in 
Atlanta and Tampa. Whilst early days the overall performance 
across the two sites has been encouraging. Two further sites 
are due to open in FY23 in Dallas and Arlington. The JV 
Board will decide the precise scale of the future expansion 
plans but we would expect to be targeting an overall estate 
size of 25-35 sites by December 2027 (from the seven 
existing sites today).
Wagamama International franchise: We made good 
progress in our expansion plans in FY22 and opened 
seven new sites predominately in Italy and the Middle 
East. Going forward we expect to open five to eight 
new restaurants per year, representing a capital efficient 
way to expand the Wagamama brand internationally. 
Pubs: Our expansion plan will resume when capital costs of 
quality pub assets moderate and new sites meet our returns 
thresholds. Our focus for the year ahead will be to continue 
to drive LFL sales growth with the core B&P model proving 
extremely resilient and exploring opportunities to increase 
our accommodation offering.
Concessions: We are proactively renewing leases in our 
existing estate and have renewed four leases in the last six 
months including two major sites at Heathrow and Gatwick. 
This activity maximises our future earnings stream from this 
business. Our restructured airport portfolio is now benefiting 
significantly from the recovery in air travel, with a significant 
acceleration in the sales performance of the Concessions 
business throughout FY22, with like-for-like sales now almost 
flat to 2019 sales levels. This augurs well for the continued 
anticipated recovery in passenger volumes in 2023 and 2024. 
4. Proactive plan to deliver margin accretion over 
three years
Despite strong sales growth and rigorous central cost 
management, sector-wide cost inflation has caused a 
significant deterioration in TRG’s EBITDA margin from a 
pro-forma 2019 EBITDA (pre-IFRS 16) margin of c.14% down 
to 9.4% in FY22. When accounting for the benefit from lower 
VAT in Q1 2022, the FY22 VAT Adjusted EBITDA (pre-IFRS 
16) margin falls to 8.3%.
We have built a proactive plan to drive significant margin 
accretion from this 8.3% base, with the clear ambition to 
target an improvement of 250bps to 350bps over the 
next three years (i.e. FY25 year-end run-rate).
The core drivers will be:
1.	Volume and pricing growth: Continuous operational 
initiatives to drive customer footfall and selective price 
increases whilst preserving our value for money offer.
2.	Cost opportunities: Short-term contract extensions 
with suppliers in order to benefit from expected softening 
of inflation through 2023 and benefiting from deflation in 
our utilities costs in FY24 and FY25 due to our hedging. 
The Group will also target efficiencies it can achieve in 
its central cost base.
3.	Portfolio mix: The continued expansion of Wagamama, 
continuing to grow our Pubs business, the rationalisation 
of the Leisure estate and the earnings recovery from our 
Concessions business as passenger volumes continue 
to recover will all enhance the profitability mix of the Group 
over the next two to three years.
Summary
Despite the continuing inflationary pressures facing the sector, 
TRG is confident in our ability to deliver shareholder value: 
•	 We delivered a robust trading and operating performance 
in FY22
•	 We have made a very encouraging start to trading in FY23 
•	 The cost outlook is improving
•	 Medium-term strategic priorities:
–	 Proactive plan to deliver significant EBITDA margin 
accretion
–	 Target Net debt/EBITDA below 1.5x
–	 Continue to review longer-term strategic options
Andy Hornby
Chief Executive Officer
7 March 2023
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
08

In 2022, the Group was able to trade with limited restrictions 
from Q2 when the impacts of the Omicron variant had 
dissipated. Our Concessions business was able to fully 
reopen for trade from the second half of 2022 and benefited 
from a better-than-expected recovery of passenger volumes 
through Q3 and Q4. Overall, the Group traded robustly in 
2022, and we were particularly pleased with the sales growth 
in our Wagamama and Pubs Divisions with their respective 
market outperformances in the year.
As has been widely reported the war in Ukraine triggered 
unprecedented cost pressures, particularly in elevated levels 
of food and drink and energy inflation. This coupled with 
shortages of labour supply in the UK and increasing National 
Living Wage, has led to a reduction in operating margins 
despite the strong sales growth delivered. 
Statutory results
The key statutory financial measures (IFRS 16) are summarised 
below and are stated after the impact of exceptional costs:
Statutory results (IFRS 16)
52 weeks 
ended 
1 Jan 2023 
£m
53 weeks 
ended 
2 Jan 2022 
 £m
Revenue
883.0
636.6
Operating profit/(loss) 1
(49.7)
11.8
Loss before tax 1
(86.8)
(35.2)
Loss after tax 1
(68.5)
(40.3)
Statutory EPS/(LPS) (pence)1
(9.0)p 
(5.6)p
1	 Restated to remove business rates from closed site provisions.
Revenue for the year was £883.0m (2021: £636.6m) which 
represented an increase of 38.7% on the prior year. Revenue 
growth was driven by continued strong trading across our 
Wagamama and Pubs businesses along with the benefit 
from the reopening of international travel benefiting our 
Concessions business in a meaningful way from H2 2022. 
Our Leisure business, whilst achieving flat LFL sales growth 
underperformed the market, with the business impacted 
to some degree by the cost-of-living pressures on the UK 
consumer. 
The statutory operating loss of £49.7m (2021: operating profit 
of £11.8m) was due to the impact of significant exceptional 
items of £117.5m (2021: £27.2m) which are explained further 
below. These exceptional items are primarily due to a 
non-cash impairment charge, as a result of lower forecast 
future earnings expectations, predominately in our Leisure 
Division, due to significant inflationary and cost-of-living 
pressures in the near term. Prior to the impact of exceptional 
items, operating profit was £72.7m (2021: £37.1m). 
Net interest costs of £37.1m (2021: £47.0m) are significantly 
lower than the prior year due to the recognition of an 
exceptional gain in the period of £11.9m (2021: nil) on our 
interest rate caps. The interest rate caps limit SONIA rates 
to 0.75% until November 2025 on £125m of gross debt, and 
until November 2026 on £100m of gross debt. The interest 
cost prior to exceptionals was £42.0m compared to £45.1m 
in the prior year; the decrease in costs was mainly due to 
savings achieved from the early repayments of the term 
loan made during the year resulting in lower debt facilities, 
partially offset by the increase in SONIA rate on the 
floating debt.
Financial review
Overall, the Group traded robustly 
in 2022, and we were particularly 
pleased with the sales growth in 
our Wagamama and Pubs divisions 
with their respective market 
outperformances in the year.”
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 09
Strategic report

Financial review continued
Alternative Performance Measures
TRG uses a number of non-statutory measures to monitor business performance which are referred to within the Annual 
Report and Accounts, but primarily relate to adjusted and pre-IFRS 16 profit metrics. This is because the pre-IFRS 16 profit 
is consistent with the financial information used in the management accounts to inform business decisions and investment 
appraisals. It is TRG’s view that presenting the information on a pre-IFRS 16 basis will provide a useful basis for 
understanding the Group’s results to all stakeholders. Specifically, the measures mainly relate to three adjustments:
•	 The main profit measure used is Adjusted EBITDA. This is not a statutory measure but closely represents the Group’s 
ability to make cash trading profits as it excludes key non-cash elements of the Income Statement such as depreciation 
and amortisation as well as exceptional items.
•	 The adjusted profit and debt measures are based on the IAS 17 approach to lease accounting and does not include the 
impact of IFRS 16. This is used as it more closely represents the cash profit of the business, and debt as measured by 
our banks.
•	 The adjusted profit measures are quoted excluding the impact of items that management have deemed as exceptional 
as they are material and not related to underlying trading.
As these measures are not defined by accounting standards, they may not be comparable across companies. The adjusted 
results may exclude significant costs (such as restructuring or impairments) and so may not be a complete picture of the 
Group’s financial performance, which is presented in the statutory results. 
The key alternative performance measures are summarised below. Both pre-IFRS 16 and IFRS 16 figures are shown and 
are stated before the impact of exceptional costs:
 
 APM (Pre-IFRS 16)
APM (IFRS 16) 
52 weeks ended 
1 Jan 2023
PRE IFRS 16
£m
53 weeks ended 
2 Jan 2022 1
PRE IFRS 16
£m
52 weeks ended 
1 Jan 2023
IFRS 16
£m
53 weeks ended 
2 Jan 2022 1
IFRS 16
£m
Revenue
883.0
636.6
883.0
636.6
Adjusted 2 EBITDA
83.0
81.2
147.2
115.2
Adjusted 2 EBITDA margin
9.4%
12.8%
16.7%
18.1%
Adjusted 2 operating profit/(loss)
44.5
42.8
72.7
37.1
Adjusted 2 operating margin
5.0%
6.7%
8.2%
5.8%
Adjusted 2 profit/(loss) before tax
20.3
16.6
30.7
(8.0)
1	 Restated to remove business rates from closed site provisions.
2	 The Group’s adjusted performance metrics are defined within the glossary at the end of this report. All such adjusted measures are stated pre-exceptional items.
Adjusted EBITDA (pre-IFRS 16) for 2022 is £83.0m (2021: £81.2m). The improvement in EBITDA was due to strong sales 
growth across our Wagamama, Pubs and Concessions businesses, which was partially offset by the significant cost inflation 
experienced across labour, cost of goods sold and utilities during the year. 
The Group made a profit before tax and exceptionals (pre-IFRS 16) for the year of £20.3m (2021: profit £16.6m). 
Refinancing 
During December 2022, the Group successfully completed 
an amend and extend of its existing debt facilities. As part 
of the refinancing the Group repaid £20.9m of the term loan 
in order to reduce ongoing interest costs while maintaining 
significant cash headroom. The Group’s debt facilities now 
comprise the following:
•	 A £220m term loan with over five years to run through 
to April 2028; and 
•	 A £120m super senior revolving credit facility with over 
four years to run through to March 2027 with the option 
of a one-year extension to March 2028.
The revised covenant package provides additional covenant 
headroom for the Group until March 2025. For the FY23 
financial year, the Group’s net leverage covenant (as measured 
on a pre-IFRS 16 basis) is set at 5.0x for the June 2023 
covenant test (previously 4.5x) and 4.75x for the Dec 2023 
covenant test (previously 4.0x).
The revised facilities provide the Group with an extra 
two-year term, an improved covenant package over the 
next 18 months and the ability to make further repayments 
as appropriate. 
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
10

Capital allocation framework
The Group remains disciplined in its approach to capital 
allocation with the overriding objective being to enhance 
shareholder value. The Group’s capital allocation framework 
prioritises:
Priorities
Parameters
(1)	Investment in 
customer offer
Refurbishment and 
maintenance capex within 
a range of £20m to £30m 
per annum
(2) 	Maintain a strong 
balance sheet
Target leverage 1 below 1.5x 
within the next three years
(3) 	Wagamama and Pubs 
new site expansion
Deliver against targeted 
returns criteria:
•	 Wagamama >35% ROIC
•	 Pubs >20% ROIC
1	 Net debt to EBITDA ratio (pre-IFRS 16 Adjustment and exceptional charges).
Cash flow and net debt
Net debt on an IFRS 16 basis has remained flat from 
£582.0m to £581.7m in the year. The lease liability 
component of this was £396.0m (2021: £410.4m), a 
reduction of £14.4m. This reduction was due to payments 
made during the year of £59.8m, which was partially offset 
by the following main drivers:
•	 New leases signed with a lease liability of £19.5m
•	 Interest on lease liabilities of £17.7m
•	 Remeasurements of lease modifications of £13.9m, 
relating to items such as lease renewals 
The pre-IFRS 16 net debt component (i.e. bank debt) has 
increased from £171.6m to £185.7m, an increase of £14.1m. 
Free cash flow reduced to £39.4m (2021: £44.7m). In the year 
there was a material increase in working capital due to the 
VAT rate reverting to 20% from Q2 but this was offset by an 
increase in maintenance and refurbishment capex of £36.6m 
(2021: £19.0m). The increase in capital expenditure related 
to a catch-up on refurbishment spend relating to our 
Wagamama, Pubs and Leisure businesses, following 
two years of disrupted trading due to Covid.
Development expenditure of £21.6m (2021: £14.9m) related 
primarily to opening eight new Wagamama restaurants and 
two new pubs including the freehold purchase of a new pub 
due to open in FY23. 
Summary cash flow for the year (on a pre-IFRS 16 basis) is 
set out below: 
2022 
£m
2021 
£m
Adjusted EBITDA  
(pre-IFRS 16 basis) 1
83.0
81.2
Working capital and non-cash 
adjustments
14.3
5.7
Operating cash flow 2
97.3
86.9
Net interest paid
(21.3)
(20.6)
Tax (paid)/received
–
(2.6)
Refurbishment and maintenance 
expenditure
(36.6)
(19.0)
Free cash flow
39.4
44.7
Development expenditure
(21.6)
(14.9)
Acquisition of Barburrito
(6.2)
–
Movement in capital creditor
(1.5)
(1.0)
Utilisation of onerous property 
cost provisions
(8.3)
(6.0)
Exceptional costs
(8.6)
(15.0)
Proceeds from issue 
of share capital
–
166.8
Proceeds from disposals
0.8
–
Other items
(1.4)
–
Cash movement
(7.4)
174.0
Net debt (pre-IFRS 16 basis)
Group net debt brought forward
(171.6)
(340.4)
Derecognition of finance lease 
liability (IFRS 16 transition)
–
–
Non-cash movements in net debt
(6.7)
(5.2)
Group net debt carried forward 
(Pre IFRS 16 basis)
(185.7)
(171.6)
Incremental lease liabilities (IFRS 16)
(398.9)
(410.3)
Group net debt carried forward 
(IFRS 16 basis)
(584.6)
(582.0)
1	 The Group’s adjusted performance metrics are defined within the glossary at the 
end of this report. All such adjusted measures are stated pre-exceptional items.
2	 Operating cash flow excludes certain exceptional costs and includes payments 
made against lease obligations.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 
11
Strategic report

Financial review continued
At year-end, the Group had cash headroom of £139.2m 
(2021: £258.1m), consisting of £111.5m of undrawn revolving 
credit facilities (2021: £111.6m) and a cash balance of £27.7m 
(2021: £146.5m), which provides the Group with significant 
liquidity to fund both the operations of the Group and future 
new openings for both our Wagamama and Pubs businesses. 
The primary driver of the reduction in the cash balance during 
the year relates to £110m of repayments made on our term 
loan facility.
This strong financial position and substantial liquidity enables 
the Group to navigate the near-term sector challenges with 
key cash flow items for FY23 outlined in the table below:
FY22 actuals
FY23 guidance
Disciplined and flexible capex 
programme
£58m
£40m to £45m
Cash interest costs
£21m
£21m to £22m
Working capital inflow
£14m
£5m to £10m
Onerous lease cost
£8m
£10m to £12m
•	 Capex FY23: refined our investment plans to invest 
between £40 and £45m. We will focus on maintenance 
expenditure across our businesses and selective 
refurbishments, with new openings expenditure 
predominantly within our Wagamama business. 
•	 Cash interest costs FY23: costs expected to be in line 
with FY22, with the c.£21m repayment of debt facilities in 
December 2022 offsetting the increase in SONIA bank rate.
•	 Working capital FY23: expect an inflow due to improved 
payment terms across key suppliers and ongoing benefit 
from further revenue growth.
•	 Onerous lease costs FY23: expected to increase due 
to additional onerous lease provisions at certain sites, 
predominately within our Leisure Division.
Exceptional items
An exceptional pre-tax charge of £117.5m has been recorded 
in the year (2021 restated: £27.2m); these costs in the main 
relate to the reduced forecast earnings within our Leisure 
Division and the subsequent planned restructuring. 
Exceptional items predominately relate to:
•	 Impairment of assets of £113.9m (2021: £25.9m). 
The impairment charges relate to the impact of reduced 
trading expectations and near-term inflationary pressures, 
primarily relating to certain sites in our Leisure business. 
The IFRS right-of-use asset impairment is £60.4m with 
the remaining charge being property, plant and equipment.
•	 An Estate restructuring charge of £6.8m (2021: £1.8m) 
relating to the planned accelerated disposal of certain 
leisure sites and remeasurement for existing closed sites.
•	 Write off of previously capitalised loan fees on the amend 
and extend of the existing debt facilities and new fees 
incurred on the amend and extend deal of £7.0m 
(2021: £1.9m).
•	 Recognition of an exceptional gain made on the interest 
rate caps of £11.9m (2021: nil).
The tax credit relating to these exceptional charges was 
£23.2m (2021: charge £9.4m).
Cash expenditure associated with the above exceptional 
charges in the year was only £8.6m (2021: £7.4m) relating 
principally to onerous lease payments and business 
transformation costs. In total, there is a £1.7m cash inflow 
relating to exceptional charges due to the £11.9m gain 
on the interest rate caps. The remainder of the exceptional 
items were non-cash in nature.
Tax 
The tax credit for the year was £18.3m (2021: charge of £5.1m), summarised as follows:
2022
2021
Trading 
£m
Exceptional 
£m
Total 
£m
Trading 
£m
Exceptional 
£m
Total 
£m
Corporation tax
–
–
–
0.7
(0.7)
–
Deferred tax
6.1
(23.2)
(17.1)
(2.6)
10.3
7.7
Total current year tax
6.1
(23.2)
(17.1)
(1.9)
9.6
7.7
Adjustments in respect of prior years
(1.2)
–
(1.2)
(2.8)
0.2
(2.6)
Total tax (credit)/charge
4.9
(23.2)
(18.3)
(4.7)
9.8
5.1
Effective tax rate  
(excl. prior years adjustments)
20.0%
19.8%
19.7%
23.8%
(38.6%)
(23.4%)
Effective tax rate
16.1%
19.8%
21.1%
53.8%
(39.4%)
(16.7%)
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
12

Given that the Group has made a statutory loss in both 
the current and prior periods, the effective tax rate is not 
indicative of future expected tax rates. It is also worth 
noting that the Group has further statutory losses and 
interest restrictions worth £31.0m which will reduce future 
cash tax payments over the next two to three years.
The effective adjusted tax rate for the year was 16.1% 
compared to the 53.8% in the prior year. In the current year, 
the adjusted tax rate is below the main rate as there are one 
off accelerated allowances. Excluding the one-off benefit, 
the effective tax rate is 23.6% (2021: 23.8%). Consistent 
with prior years, the tax rate is higher than the UK 
corporation tax rate due to non-deductible expenses 
primarily relating to depreciation on non-qualifying assets. 
The current year exceptional tax credit of £23.2m consists 
of £5.1m credit relating to the change in tax rate from 19% 
to 25% which increases the value of the deferred tax liability 
and the balance are tax credits from the exceptional costs.
Key inflationary themes FY23
There are some well-documented sector wide cost 
challenges for the year ahead, as outlined below: 
All inflation figures below are stated as their incremental 
impact in FY23 vs FY22 post mitigating activities
•	 Labour market pressures: the continued shortage of 
labour across the UK is leading to upward pressure on 
wage rates in addition to the significant increase in the 
National Living Wage (NLW) from April 2023 of 9.7%. 
Wage inflation is expected to be between 8 and 10% 
as a result of this in FY23.
•	 General food and drink inflation: driven by global 
commodity markets it is expected that cost inflation of 
10%+ will be experienced in FY23 with inflation moderating 
through H2. 
•	 Utilities inflation: Given extreme volatility in the utilities 
markets, we have hedged 100% of our volume in FY23 
& FY24 to gain certainty on this element of cost inflation. 
In addition, we are 80% hedged for the first three quarters 
of FY25.
The table below shows the inflationary impact on our utilities 
balance post this hedging activity:
Inflationary impact  
post hedging  
(FY23 vs FY22)
Inflationary impact  
post hedging  
(FY24 vs FY23)
Inflationary impact  
post hedging  
(FY25 vs FY24)
Costs expected 
to be £7m to 
£8m higher in 
2023 vs 2022
Costs expected 
to be £3m to 
£4m lower in 
2024 vs 2023
Costs expected 
to be £4m to 
£5m lower in 
2025 vs 2024
There are a number of actions the Group is taking to mitigate 
the significant effects from the elevated levels of cost inflation 
expected for the current year: 
•	 Continue to deliver a reduction in labour turnover 
to improve retention through better recruitment 
and onboarding 
•	 Working with our supply chain partners to lock in short-
term contracts in order to benefit from reduced inflation 
as the year progresses
•	 100% of electricity and gas volume hedged 5 for 2023 and 
2024 and 80% hedged for the first three quarters of FY25, 
providing certainty over our costs and locking in 
deflationary savings in FY24 and FY25
•	 Conducting a review of our central cost base as part 
of our three-year margin accretion plan
5 	 This relates to own billed and managed sites and excludes landlord billed sites at shopping centres and airport concession sites.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 13
Strategic report

Financial review continued
Going concern
The Directors have adopted the going concern basis in 
preparing the Annual Report and Accounts after assessing 
the Group’s principal risks including current macro-economic 
headwinds relating to the cost-of-living crisis, elevated levels 
of inflation and utility market volatility. In conducting their 
review, the Directors have concluded that the Group, and 
Company, have sufficient liquidity and covenant headroom 
for the going concern review period to 31 March 2024. 
The Group has substantial liquidity with £139m in cash and 
cash equivalents, or available facilities at the balance sheet 
date. Following an amend and extend in December 2022 
these facilities are committed until at least March 2027. 
The facilities consist of a £220m term loan and a £120m 
RCF. Further details of the Group’s debt facilities and 
covenants are in Note 15 to the accounts. 
Whilst the Group has had an encouraging start to the year, 
with current trading above forecast, the Directors remain 
cautious about the ability for our customers to continue 
their current level of spending in our restaurants and pubs 
whilst their cost-of-living crisis continues and specifically 
the unprecedented increases in UK household energy bills. 
In preparing the “base case” forecast for the period of going 
concern to 31 March 2024, the Directors have assumed that 
sales volumes would moderate marginally throughout the 
period from current levels and have included the impact 
of inflation at its current elevated levels throughout 2023 
and then a moderation of inflation in 2024. In this forecast, 
available liquidity does not drop below £104.5m compared 
to a minimum liquidity covenant of £40m, and Senior 
Secured Net Leverage does not exceed 2.9x against 
a covenant of no more than 5.0x. 
In addition, the Board has considered a “stress case” 
scenario where sales volumes have been further reduced 
by 5% across all divisions and with the benefit of 1% 
incremental price, the net impact on sales is assumed to 
be 4% below the base case. In this “stress case” scenario 
following management mitigation, which includes the ability 
to further increase our selling prices, conduct a central cost 
reduction program and to refine our uncommitted capital 
expenditure plans, liquidity falls to a minimum of £89m, 
and Senior Secured Net Leverage increases to 3.4x but 
still within the covenants of the Group’s banking facilities. 
The Board have also considered a reverse stress case to 
determine the level by which sales volume would need to 
fall from the “base case” before there is a risk of a leverage 
covenant breach, which is the most sensitive covenant. 
Pre-mitigating actions, the level of sales volume decline 
compared to the base case is 7.4%. Following mitigating 
actions, that are completely within management’s control, 
which includes the ability to increase selling prices, conduct 
a far more extensive central cost reduction program and 
further refinement to capital expenditure plans the level of 
sales volume decline compared to the base case increases 
to 14.6%. 
The Board considers this level of sales volume decline over a 
sustained 12 month period as remote due to current trading 
(in the first eight weeks) being ahead of the base case, the 
current economic outlook from both the Bank of England 
and the International Monetary Fund is for a shallow 
recession in 2023 and that during the last economic 
recession the Group only experienced a modest sales 
decline of less than 2% in 2009 compared to the prior 
year and less than 1% in 2010 when compared to 2009. 
However, if this level of sales volume decline was 
experienced on a sustained basis, the Group would take 
further decisive actions which is within its control to reduce 
further both its operating costs and capital expenditure to 
mitigate the potential risk of a covenant breach. Furthermore, 
the Directors would also engage with its lending group for 
covenant waivers, which were provided during the pandemic 
given similarly extreme circumstances. 
As a result of the above analysis, where the base and 
stress cases show adequate liquidity and leverage covenant 
headroom and the level of sales volume decline required in a 
reverse stress case to risk a covenant breach is considered 
remote, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the 
Group, and Company, have adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the period to 31 March 2024. On 
this basis, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of preparation.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
14

Viability statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (July 2018) (the “Code”), the Directors 
have assessed the viability of the Group over a three-year 
period to December 2025. 
The Directors believe that three years is the appropriate 
time-period over which to evaluate long-term viability, and 
this is consistent with the Group’s current strategic planning 
process. Management have prepared, and the Board has 
considered two key scenarios:
•	 A “base case” where the business is trading normally but 
the current macro-economic climate has been considered 
for each of labour, cost of goods sold and utilities inflation. 
Specifically, the Group has forecast like-for-like sales growth 
to varying degrees across the divisions when compared to 
2022. Cost inflation of c.10% is forecast in 2023 but then 
reducing significantly in 2024 and 2025 to c. 4% excluding 
utilities which is forecast to reduce in line with the hedges 
that were put in place. The Concessions business is 
forecast to return to pre-pandemic levels of passengers 
in 2025 in line with current air passenger forecasts.
•	 A “stress case” whereby the Company is more significantly 
impacted by the cost-of-living crisis assumes sales are 
further reduced by 4% in 2023 and based on a more 
significant impact from the recession, but then recovers 
to similar levels of trading through 2024 and 2025.
As detailed in the Risk Committee report, the Board has 
conducted a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the business. The resilience of the Group to the 
impact of these risks has been assessed by the creation of 
the “stress case” which management believe to be a severe 
but plausible scenario based on past experience (see 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties in the annual report). 
Taking account of the Company’s current position, 
principal risks facing the business and the sensitivity analysis 
discussed above, as well as the potential mitigating actions 
that the company could take, and the experience that 
the Company has in adapting the business to change, 
the Board expects that the Company will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
three-year period of assessment. The Board also noted that 
the Group’s debt facilities extend beyond the period of the 
viability assessment. Further details on the forecast process 
and assumptions can be found in Note 1 to the accounts.
Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer
7 March 2023
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 15
Strategic report

Section 172 statement
Background
The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 require Directors to explain how they have considered the 
interests of key stakeholders and the broader matters set out in section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act when performing 
their duty to promote the success of the Company under section 172. This statement provides details of the Board’s activities 
in this respect during the year. For more details on how the Group as a whole manages its relationships with stakeholders 
and obligations to the wider community and environment, please see the Environment and Social report on pages 18 to 34.
Regular Board activities
s.172 consideration
Board actions
(a) the likely 
consequences of any 
decision in the long term 
Under its terms of reference and schedule of matters reserved, the Board has explicit 
responsibility for setting the objectives and strategy of the Group, focused on its long-
term, sustainable success and on generating value for shareholders and benefits for other 
stakeholders and wider society. Each year, for example, the Board reviews and considers 
the strategy and three-year plans of its key business divisions as well as reviewing the 
strategic direction of the Group as a whole.
(b) the interests of the 
Company’s employees
Under its terms of reference, the Board is responsible for setting and monitoring the culture 
of the Group. In addition, health and safety statistics are a standing item on Board agendas, 
while the results of the annual Employee Engagement process are presented to the Board 
annually and discussed in depth.
(c) the need to foster 
the Company’s business 
relationships with 
suppliers, customers 
and others
Customer satisfaction scores and customer engagement metrics are considered by the 
Board as part of its review of individual division strategies throughout the year. The CFO 
meets with the top five suppliers on a rolling basis to ensure our strategic plans are aligned. 
The Company engages with peers through its membership of UK Hospitality and the Zero 
Carbon Forum. 
(d) the impact of the 
Company’s operations 
on the community and 
the environment 
The Board receives an annual update from the CEO as Chair of the Company’s Preserving 
the Future Steering Committee, whose members also include the CFO, the divisional CEOs/
MDs and the functional directors and which is responsible for the delivery of the sustainability 
and climate change agenda. It meets once a quarter to provide direction and review 
progress.
(e) the desirability of 
the Company maintaining 
a reputation for high 
standards of business 
conduct
The Company has clear policies and processes covering Anti-Bribery and Corruption, 
Whistleblowing and other ethical issues, which are reviewed and approved by the Audit 
Committee and the Board annually and published on the corporate website. Any potential 
and actual conflicts of interest at Board level are all recorded, monitored and managed by 
the Legal & Governance function.
(f) the need to act fairly 
as between members 
of the Company
The Chair, CEO and CFO regularly meet shareholders while individual Committee Chairs 
maintain a dialogue with shareholders on issues such as remuneration outcomes and policy. 
The Company does not have different types of shares, with different voting or capital rights, 
and all shareholders can attend the AGM and question the Board directly.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
16

Major decisions in 2022
Barburrito acquisition
In June 2022, the Board considered and approved the 
acquisition of the Barburrito chain of fast-casual Mexican 
restaurants. As part of their discussions, the Directors 
reviewed the long-term prospects of the business as part 
of the Group as well as the more immediate prospective 
EBITDA and PBT contributions, noting that even with the 
current headwinds faced by the hospitality industry it was 
expected to be an immediate net positive contribution to 
the Group, but also have the scope for future expansion. 
The Board also considered the impact on staff of the business 
and how they would be integrated into the existing Leisure 
and Concessions structure, noting that the key operational 
team were being retained post acquisition. Directors also 
noted the brand’s customer proposition and the broad 
and diverse nature of its customer base – its offer of 
freshly prepared food made with quality ingredients while 
also providing value for money was aligned with current 
customer trends. It also had a strong vegetarian offering 
and a customisable menu.
Relevant section 172 categories: (a), (b), (c) and (d)
Refinancing
In December 2022, the Board reviewed and approved a 
refinancing that amended and extended the Group’s debt 
facilities. The intention had been to secure additional tenor 
and maximise covenant flexibility while also reducing the 
cost of the debt facilities. The revised package that was 
secured consisted of a £220m term loan facility and a 
£120m revolving credit facility with the Group’s existing 
lenders, providing an additional two years of debt facilities. 
The package also provided additional covenant headroom 
for the Group until March 2025 and saw a £21m repayment 
on its existing facilities. 
The Directors considered the impact of agreeing the 
amendment and extension on all the Group’s stakeholders. 
Taking into account their duties as set out in section 170-177 
of the Act, the Directors concluded that it was in the best 
interests of the Group and all its stakeholders, and most 
likely to promote the success of the Group as a whole, 
for the Company and the relevant subsidiaries to enter 
into the refinancing agreement.
Relevant section 172 categories: (a) and (b)
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 
17
Strategic report

Environmental and Social report
Non-financial and sustainability information statement
The Companies Act 2006 requires the Group to disclose certain non-financial reporting information within the Annual Report 
and Accounts. The required disclosures can be found on the following pages in this report:
Information on environmental matters
Page 19-21 and in our TCFD report from page 26
Information on our employees 
From page 22
Information on social, community and human rights matters 
Page 21 to 24
Information on anti-corruption and anti‑bribery
Page 25
Information on diversity 
Page 25 and in the Corporate Governance report on page 38 to 39
As in 2021 we have compiled a Sustainable Accounting Standards Board (SASB) report. The SASB framework consolidates 
a set of widely recognised metrics and can be found in the Governance section of our website: www.trgplc.com/
governance/policies
TCFD recommended disclosures:
Recommendations
Reference
Consistency
Governance
a)	 Board oversight 
Page 26
Consistent
b)	 Management’s role
Page 26
Consistent
Strategy
a)	 Climate-related risks and opportunities
Page 26 to 28
Consistent
b)	 Impact on business, strategy and financial planning
Page 29
Partially consistent1
c)	 Resilience of strategy
Page 29 to 32
Consistent
Risk management
a)	 Risk identification and assessment processes
Page 32
Consistent
b)	 Risk management processes
Page 32
Consistent
c)	 Integration into overall risk management
Page 32
Consistent
Metrics and targets
a)	 Climate-related metrics
Page 33
Consistent
b)	 Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions and related risks
Page 33 to 34
Partially consistent2
c)	 Climate-related targets and performance
Page 33
Partially consistent2
1	 Our disclosure is partially consistent with Strategy (b), as we have not yet developed a detailed transition plan, and are working to embed climate-related risks 
and opportunities more comprehensively into financial planning and strategy development.
2	 It is also partially consistent with Metrics and targets (b) and (c) as we continue to improve our scope 3 footprint in accordance with the GHG protocol, and have 
not yet developed interim targets.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
18

Environmental and Social Report
Our Preserving the Future Programme 
TRG is a responsible business, and we are determined to play 
our part in helping to address the significant environmental 
and social challenges we currently face as a society. 
This starts in our own operations, but by working closely 
with our suppliers, partners and customers, we can have 
a positive impact that spreads far beyond our restaurants.
Driving forward our ESG agenda is a strategic priority for 
the Group, and we launched our Preserving the Future 
Programme in 2021. The programme aligns to a number 
of the UN Sustainable Development Goals as well as key 
stakeholder priorities, and has senior executive level 
sponsorship, a Steering Committee that meets quarterly, 
with representation from divisional and functional leaders, 
and a dedicated programme lead. This provides strong 
governance and oversight and ensures that our environmental 
and social initiatives are prioritised across the Group.
We have been active members of the Sustainable Restaurant 
Association (SRA) since 2017 and in 2021/22 we were proud 
to achieve 3 stars (the highest rating) in its Food Made Good 
programme for our Wagamama, Brunning and Price, Leisure 
and Concessions divisions. This was significant progress on 
our 2019 ratings. Food Made Good is the world’s largest food 
service sustainability programme providing a recognised 
industry standard for measuring sustainability across the 
hospitality sector. The assessment focuses on areas across 
Sourcing, Society, and the Environment. Areas where we 
performed strongly across all of our brands included use of 
renewable energy, sourcing fish responsibly, and supporting 
global farmers (the majority of tea, coffee, sugar, and exotic 
fruit is certified to a recognised standard, e.g., Rainforest 
Alliance or Fairtrade for coffee).
We were a founding member of the hospitality sector Zero 
Carbon Forum, a non-profit industry collaboration of UK 
hospitality businesses, with a common aim to decarbonise 
our sector. As a founder member and co-chair of the 
emissions working group for Scopes 1 and 2, we play 
an active role in developing sector wide plans to reduce 
emissions and are committed to the Zero Carbon Forum 
goal to achieve net zero by 2040. We recognise that by 
collaborating and aligning action with our peers, we can 
amplify our impact and achieve net zero more quickly and 
cost effectively. We have revised our own net zero target 
to 2040 to maximise emissions reduction and collaboration 
benefits within the sector and to align to best practice 
regarding offsetting only residual emissions.
Our Preserving the Future Programme is structured under 3 pillars:
Conserving Resources 
in our Own Operations
Working with Partners on 
our Sustainability Journey
Supporting People 
and Communities
•	 Maintain renewable energy 
for directly contracted supplies
•	 Improve our energy 
and water efficiency
•	 Reduce waste
•	 Improve the sustainability 
of our packaging
•	 Engage with suppliers and 
distributors to reduce emissions 
across our supply chain
•	 Sustainable and responsible 
sourcing practices
•	 Sustainable restaurant 
design and fit outs
•	 Care for our customers 
and communities
•	 Care for our colleagues
•	 Foster a representative, diverse 
and inclusive environment
Conserving Resources in our 
Own Operations:
In our own operations, where we have direct control, we 
place a strong focus on conserving resources and reducing 
emissions, including buying renewable energy, improving our 
energy and water efficiency, reducing waste and continually 
improving the sustainability of our packaging.
Energy
TRG is aligned with the hospitality sector Zero Carbon 
Forum ambition to mitigate operational emissions 
(Scope 1 and 2) by 2030. We have implemented 
a 3-step strategy to achieve this:
•	 Reduce: Reduce and control emissions through 
investment in technology and behavioural initiatives 
•	 Renew: Move to renewable energy for directly controlled 
supplies (all direct supplies on our national contract)
•	 Rebalance: Offset residual emissions through carbon 
removal projects
Reduce: In 2022 we continued to embed our energy 
saving culture, with regional leads and restaurant-based 
sustainability champions driving engagement and promoting 
site-level energy reduction through behavioural initiatives. 
These include site visits, best practice sharing and regular 
calls with outlier sites, Fire Up guidance, which sets out the 
specific time to switch on individual pieces of equipment, 
and Save While You Sleep campaigns, which focus on 
reducing energy usage during non-trading hours. In 2022 
our teams were set a challenge of 5% reduction in energy 
usage (like-for-like sites) vs 2019 (the most recent year of 
full trading), which was achieved. In 2023 we will continue 
to focus on reducing and controlling energy use.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 19
Strategic report

Environmental and Social report continued
In 2022 we piloted a number of tech-enabled energy 
efficiency solutions across refrigeration, smart building 
controls, cellar cooling and washroom efficiency, some of 
which showed encouraging energy savings in the initial pilot 
phase. We plan to further extend some of these trials across 
our estate in 2023. We are also working with suppliers to 
ensure we use energy efficient equipment in our restaurants 
for new fit outs and replacement equipment.
Renew: In Q4 2021 we moved to renewable electricity and 
biogas for all direct supplies on our national contract, to 
reduce the intensity of emissions and move away from fossil 
fuels. All volumes purchased are covered by a Renewable 
Energy Guarantee of Origin (REGO) certificate or a 
Renewable Gas Guarantee of Origin (RGGO) certificate and 
are reflected in our market-based emissions footprint. New 
sites are added to our national contract on expiry of existing 
contracts. For sites that do not have a grid gas connection 
(for example some of our Pubs sites), we purchase bio-LPG.
Through the activities described above to reduce and renew 
our energy, we achieved a 91% reduction of Scope 1 and 2 
emissions in 2022 vs 2021, using a market-based emissions 
calculation that takes into account the renewable energy that 
we purchase. See page 34.
Rebalance: We have invested in carbon removal 
reforestation projects to offset residual Scope 1 and 2 
emissions, which include F-GAS and any new and rogue 
supplies not yet moved to our national contract, as well 
as the reconciliation of feedstock on bio gas. Our carbon 
offsetting projects are Verified Carbon Standard (VCS) 
certified, and we have ensured carbon removal rather 
than avoidance. 
Water
Water is an essential resource for our operations, but we 
recognise that water stress in the UK is increasing as a 
result of climate change. We measure and report our water 
consumption on directly billed sites as part of our SASB 
disclosure, and our environmental policy sets out our 
commitment to minimise water use whilst maintaining 
operational viability, and the hygiene needs of guests 
and team members. In 2022 we commenced a pilot 
of a water conservation technology. 
Waste
We are committed to reducing waste and increasing 
recycling in our operations. For sites where we control the 
waste streams, 100% of our waste is diverted from landfill 
and 56% is recycled. This is achieved by segregating where 
possible food, card, co-mingled dry mixed recycling, and 
glass. We are working with our waste partner to increase 
the percentage of waste recycled. Our non-recycled general 
waste is used to create energy.
Food waste reduction: in 2022 we worked closely with the 
Sustainable Restaurant Association on food waste. Plate 
waste audits and interventions carried out on trial sites 
across the Group in 2021-2022 showed the potential for a 
20% reduction in plate waste per cover, mainly from ensuring 
the correct portioning of carbohydrates (e.g. chips and rice).
We are working with the Sustainable Restaurant Association 
on a food waste strategy, with the aim to reduce food waste 
in line with the WRAP reduction roadmap (a UK industry-
wide roadmap and toolkit developed to help the UK food 
industry achieve UN Sustainable Development Goal 12.3).
In 2022 we reviewed our processes around cooking oil 
to ensure we were minimising waste and preventing the 
changing of cooking oil too frequently.
Packaging 
Delivery accounted for 13% of TRG’s revenue in 2022 
and we are committed to continuous improvement in 
the sustainability of our delivery packaging. 
We removed plastic straws from the business in 2020 and 
have moved to wooden cutlery for deliveries. Cutlery is only 
provided when customers request this on their order. 
In 2022 Wagamama launched new delivery packaging bowls 
made from cPET (a recyclable material made from at least 
70% recycled content). The bowls are smaller to reduce 
materials and ensure dishes fill the bowl. The new packaging 
material make-up is the result of advice from leading plastic 
experts, including from the UK Recycling Association, 
UK waste collectors, suppliers, and product designers, 
and as a result of this change, the packaging of Wagamama’s 
most popular dish, the katsu curry, is now 62% less 
carbon intensive. 
Alongside the new packaging launch, Wagamama also 
launched its bowl return initiative “Bowl Bank”, created in 
response to the varied practices of the UK waste streams, 
which allows customers to return their packaging to their 
local restaurant to ensure it is recycled.
Our Leisure brands use mainly cardboard and paper delivery 
packaging, and we are working with suppliers to phase out 
any remaining plastic. For example, in 2022 we completed 
a successful trial of a cardboard hot box which uses 
a water-based lining rather than plastic, which we are 
now testing further in the business. 
Working with Partners on 
our Sustainability Journey
Engaging with suppliers and distributors to reduce 
emissions across our value chain
As a founding member, we have worked closely with the 
Zero Carbon Forum to develop the high-level industry 
roadmap to net zero. We subsequently worked with an 
external consultancy to develop our own specific roadmap, 
including the identification of levers, such as supply chain 
engagement initiatives, climate sourcing policies and menu 
evolution to address our emission hotspots, which are 
primarily in food and drink purchases.
In 2022 we invested in climate change and sustainable 
procurement training for our entire procurement and supply 
chain team and hired a dedicated Procurement ESG 
Manager to lead our supplier decarbonisation programme. 
Additionally, from 2023, all individuals within the procurement 
team will have sustainability objectives.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
20

We have completed an initial segmentation of our suppliers 
to strategically prioritise our engagement approach. We are 
now surveying our high-priority suppliers to understand their 
decarbonisation plans and targets, collect supplier-specific 
emissions data, and identify opportunities to reduce 
emissions. To minimise administrative effort for our suppliers 
while supporting a collaborative approach to supplier 
engagement, our surveys are aligned to the sectoral 
guidance provided by WRAP. 
Sustainable and responsible sourcing practices
We are committed to responsible sourcing throughout 
our supply chain, ensuring our customers get good-quality, 
high-welfare, and sustainable food on their plates. We are 
a member of the Supplier Ethical Data Exchange (Sedex), 
which facilitates measurement and improvement in 
ethical and responsible practices across the supply chain. 
We require all our suppliers to be registered and risk 
assessed with Sedex. All suppliers must:
•	 Sign up to and meet the requirements of our Responsible 
Sourcing Policy and other relevant policies.
•	 Upload their Modern Slavery Act policy as part of their 
onboarding and ongoing review.
•	 Be certified to the British Retail Consortium Food Safety 
Global Standard or GFSI equivalent, or working towards 
this. We work closely with smaller, local suppliers to 
support them on their journey to achieving GFSI 
certification, ensuring that in the meantime they are 
fully compliant with all other requirements of our polices.
We conduct routine supplier visits and audits to ensure 
our suppliers are operating to our high standards. Once 
approved, suppliers are plotted on a risk assessment matrix 
to determine the frequency of ongoing audits and visits 
required to ensure the safe supply of product to TRG. 
Any non-conformances raised as part of an audit require 
evidence of corrective action to be submitted. 
During our supplier visits, Technical Scorecards are 
completed and Supplier KPIs monitored. Suppliers are 
actively encouraged to drive a Continuous Improvement 
Culture in all categories measured by our Technical 
Scorecard. 
We are committed to sourcing sustainable fish, which is 
achieved through:
•	 Sourcing Marine Stewardship Council (MSC)-certified 
fish rated 3 or below
•	 For farmed fish and seafood, only sourcing from 
GLOBALG.A.P or BAP 2 -star or higher certified farms
•	 Reviewing the Good Fish Guide every six months when 
it is published and modifying our menus to remove any 
fish classified as “avoid” in terms of purchasing
•	 Where tuna is used it is dolphin friendly
We work with our suppliers and farmers (both UK and 
non-UK) to reduce and control unnecessary antibiotic use in 
farm animals. All our Wagamama, Leisure and Concessions 
beef steaks and burgers are from UK and Irish farms reared 
to Red Tractor or Bord Bia welfare standards, the Irish 
equivalent of Red Tractor.
All supplier farms must have in place policies and standards 
that reflect UK/EU legislation as a minimum, even if they are 
located outside of the EU, and farms must have in place 
policies and standards that reflect the principles of the 
Five Freedoms as adopted by the Farm Animal Welfare 
Committee and detailed below:
•	 Freedom from hunger and thirst – access to fresh water 
and a diet for full health and vigour
•	 Freedom from discomfort – an appropriate environment 
with shelter and comfortable rest area
•	 Freedom from pain, injury, and disease – prevention or 
rapid treatment
•	 Freedom to express normal behaviour – adequate space 
and facilities, company of the animal’s own kind
•	 Freedom from fear and distress – conditions and treatment 
which avoid mental suffering
All shell eggs used in our restaurants are free range. 
Furthermore, we are committed to ensuring that eggs 
used as an ingredient in our UK supply chain will be cage-
free or free-range by the end of 2023 at the latest. We are 
also committed to working with our partners to ensure that 
100% of our eggs (shell, liquid, and egg products) will be 
from cage-free sources throughout our global operations 
for all owned, managed, and franchised businesses by 
the end of 2025. In 2020 the Group signed the European 
Better Chicken Commitment supported by Compassion 
in World Farming with the goal to source all chicken to 
this standard by 2026.
Nature and deforestation
Palm oil
Where palm oil is used as an ingredient in our products, 
it is Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil (RSPO) certified, 
and suppliers are required to provide certification evidence. 
We have embarked on a palm oil removal programme to 
remove palm oil from our products. A small number do not 
have a feasible alternative currently, but we are monitoring 
these and will remove as alternatives become available. 
Soy
We are committed to sustainable sourcing and recognise 
the need for action to address the challenges associated 
with the production of soy. We require all soy used in our 
ingredients to be sustainably sourced, and where suppliers 
source soy from South America we require Round Table on 
Responsible Soy (RTRS) certification. We are also working 
to ensure that soy used as animal feed in our supply chain 
is sustainable and traceable.
As part of our engagement with suppliers to reduce emissions 
across our supply chain, we require information on soy used 
in animal feed. During 2023, we plan to expand our supplier 
engagement activities to consider more nature and 
biodiversity-related information. 
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 21
Strategic report

Environmental and Social report continued
Sustainable restaurant design and fit outs
We already routinely re-use and refurbish furniture, signage, 
catering equipment and lighting across our sites, and we aim 
to increase this further. Our pubs use a significant amount of 
reclaimed furniture.
We have assessed our Wagamama fit-out guides against 
the SKA criteria, and we are looking to develop our guides 
with regard to these standards and further improve the 
sustainability of our restaurant design.
Supporting People and Communities
Care for our customers and communities
Health and safety
The health and safety of our customers and employees is 
of paramount importance to us. The Group has extensive 
procedures to ensure we mitigate risks to our customers 
and teams as far as possible, with clear procedures and 
standards in place.
During 2022, safety continued to be high on our agenda and 
we ensured our colleagues were fully trained and supported 
on general legislation and Group safety policies. This was 
measured and audited throughout 2022 to ensure we 
continued to support and protect our colleagues and 
customers. We completed colleague surveys across the 
Group and our colleagues overwhelmingly confirmed their 
confidence in the TRG focus on safety and protection of 
our colleagues and customers.
The Health and Safety Policy and working manuals in place 
are under constant review to take into account business 
practice changes. Updates to the policy are deployed 
through training programmes and manager briefings and 
are documented on our learning management systems. 
All employees also undergo refresher training at intervals 
to cover compliance requirements and refresh team 
understanding. 
Compliance is measured through a combination of external 
third-party audits and internal audits. Site managers are 
responsible for completing due diligence checks on a daily, 
weekly and monthly basis, with regards to health and safety 
standards.
Food safety
At year-end 2022, over 99% of our restaurants and pubs 
scored 4 stars or above (including pass ratings in Scotland) 
where rated under the Food Hygiene Rating Scheme, a 
sign of excellence in both food safety and hygiene, with 
94% at 5 stars (or a pass rating in Scotland). We continue 
to invest significant time and resources in health and safety 
matters across the Group, to further enhance the clean, 
safe environment for our customers and colleagues.
We continue to undertake extensive work on food safety 
risks (including allergens and other dietary intolerances) and 
menu-allergen risk reduction and training. Our teams “ask 
about allergy” on every order, to allow a proper discussion 
about allergy and intolerance needs and how these can be 
serviced. We conduct supplier visits and audits to ensure 
suppliers are operating to our high standards (see 
responsible sourcing section on page 21)
Reporting of injuries at work
In 2022, the Group reported 68 accidents under the 
Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences 
Regulations 2013, with no deaths or dangerous occurrences. 
This compares to 48 in 2021 and 35 in 2020 for the Group. 
During 2020 and 2021, trading was impacted by Covid 
lockdowns.
Allergens
Our pubs and our Frankie & Benny’s and Chiquito 
restaurants offer a Coeliac UK-accredited gluten-free menu 
to cater for those with Coeliac Disease. The menus offer 
a range of classic dishes including gluten- free burgers, 
pastas, pizzas, and fish and chips. Wagamama has a 
non-gluten menu and has innovated to provide more 
non-gluten choices. 
Across the Group, our allergen information is available 
in restaurants, pubs and online on our brand websites, 
allowing customers to view dishes that are suitable based 
on individual allergies and intolerances. We categorise the 
14 allergens as detailed in legislation.
Initiatives to reduce the allergen risk profile in our dishes 
have continued, with further allergy removal across 
ingredients and menu so that a wider range of our 
dishes are now entirely allergy free. For example, in 2022, 
we removed gluten from peppercorn sauce, and celery 
from beef chilli and veg chilli in Leisure and Concessions 
restaurants. In Wagamama we removed nuts and peanuts 
from the main dish menu (with them only remaining in 
desserts) and removed celery from all Wagamama menus. 
Serving alcohol responsibly
We operate Challenge 25 in England, Wales and Northern 
Ireland. We continue to support Drinkaware, whose 
campaign promotes responsible drinking. We offer a wide 
range of alcohol-free beers, low-alcohol wine, mocktails, 
soft drinks, juices and milkshakes.
Nutrition and health
We are committed to offering a healthy choice for our 
customers. The nutritional balance of menus is incorporated 
into the menu design process, and we have an ongoing 
programme of activity to reduce salt, sugar and calories 
across our menus. For example, our work in 2022 to reduce 
salt from high volume lines to meet the 2024 Public Health 
England salt reduction targets has resulted in the removal 
of 1.6 tonnes of salt. Our brand standards are developed 
to ensure that all additives used are in line with industry 
best practice.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
22

As in previous years, there continue to be no genetically 
modified foods or trans fats in any of our products, and 
we have banned artificial colours that cause hyperactivity 
in children from all our products served to children. In 2022 
we made healthy changes to our Frankie & Benny’s and 
Chiquito children’s menus. All meals on the children’s menu 
for these brands are served with a veggie pot of cherry 
tomato, cucumber, and pepper sticks.
We will continue to focus on improving the nutritional and 
health profile of our menu items in 2023, and have formed 
a Nutritional Health project group to work on this. 
We continue to expand our vegan/plant-based menus and 
support the Veganuary campaign. Our vegan menus in 
Frankie & Benny’s, Chiquito and Wagamama are certified by 
the Vegan Society and our food development teams across 
our brands work closely with plant-based suppliers to 
develop plant-based dishes that will delight our customers. 
Wagamama launched its first vegan menu in 2017 and has 
continually innovated its plant-based offering. This remains 
a huge focus for Wagamama, and the menu has been 50% 
plant-based since October 2021. 
Our communities
Through a combination of colleague-led fundraising, 
Company- matched programmes, and contributions from 
our retail product range, we raised over £300,000 for charity 
and non-profit organisations in 2022 across our divisions, 
including nearly £50,000 to various disaster and emergency 
charities in support of Ukraine.
We continue to support our colleagues with their fundraising 
efforts and community activities. We partner with a number 
of charities across the Group which focus on advising, 
supporting and empowering individuals’ mental health.
The Group continues to support Only A Pavement Away, 
an industry charity committed to supporting homeless 
ex-offenders and our veterans who are struggling to get into 
work or find housing. Only A Pavement Away continues to 
work closely with other charities such as Crisis and Help For 
Heroes. We are committed to support by offering jobs and 
careers and helping facilitate their Life Skills Hub programme. 
Wagamama continue their partnership with Young Minds, 
dedicated to supporting young people’s mental health. 
We also supported various local community charities that 
support disadvantaged families, including Baca, Medway 
Culture and Fare.
Leisure and Concessions continue their relationship with 
Mind, which was chosen by our colleagues. Mind offers 
online and face-to-face mental health support and 
education. A year-long programme of activities was 
completed throughout the UK, with funds raised being 
matched by the Group. In addition, the partnership with 
Pennies continues to flourish, with our Leisure businesses 
raising approximately £50,000 through Pennies and staff 
site fundraising in 2022. Concessions will introduce this 
programme in 2023. Concessions continue with their 
support of School Club Zambia, a charity that the team 
have been aligned with for over 20 years. 
The Pubs division have also partnered with the Burnt Chef 
Project, who offer leadership awareness and support with 
mental health training. In conjunction with Burnt Chef, 
Wellbeing ambassadors have been trained to support the 
team on a day-to-day basis. Rather than a divisional 
approach, our Pubs teams focus on activities and fundraising 
with local, community-based charities. Several pubs and 
restaurants also supported local community charities across 
a number of causes, including children’s cancer, youth 
housing and meals for the homeless.
Care for our colleagues
Our people
We believe that a great customer experience is key to our 
business success and therefore our most important asset 
is our people. As of December 2022 we employed 
approximately 18,000 people. Our teams are passionate 
about the food and drink they serve and support each other 
to ensure the best customer service in all of our restaurants 
and pubs, taking huge pride in their work. We truly embrace 
diversity and employ colleagues of almost 60 different 
nationalities.
Our Colleague Engagement Steering Group is chaired 
by one of our Non-Executive Directors and focuses 
on engagement-related initiatives across the divisions. 
A Group-wide team engagement survey was completed 
in 2022 with more than 10,000 of our team submitting their 
feedback (over 70% of those invited took part). Our team 
were hugely positive with year-on-year improvements 
confirmed across each category and division. Our team felt 
supported with their mental health, and over two-thirds felt 
they had opportunities to succeed and grow, and that we 
were committed to our social and environmental agenda. 
Across the Group on average, 70% of our team felt proud to 
work for us, and that they were supported by their manager 
and colleagues. 
Colleague support
In 2022 we focused on supporting our colleagues with 
their mental and physical wellbeing. We focused on providing 
honest, supportive and consistent communication to all 
colleagues and continued to enhance our app-based 
communication and engagement tools, ensuring all 
colleagues were able to receive and share both personal 
and Company updates. We saw very high levels of usage 
across our teams. Health and wellness were our core focus, 
ensuring we nurture our colleagues and give them the 
support they need, particularly in areas of physical, financial, 
and mental health. These platforms are also utilised to 
promote internal and external activities, run competitions, 
and drive positive engagement across our colleague 
community.
We further enhanced our employee assistance provision 
to ensure the information was accessible via an app 24/7 
and that, wherever requested, face-to-face counselling is 
available for all of our team. Mental health training was 
delivered to over 500 leaders in our restaurants and pubs.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 23
Strategic report

Environmental and Social report continued
To increase retention levels and improve colleague 
satisfaction, additional benefits and rewards programmes 
were introduced. We previously extended our discount 
policies for all employees in the Group, regardless of division, 
with 30% food and drink discounts for all colleagues, and an 
additional allowance for shift meals. Across each division, 
bespoke reward and recognition initiatives have been 
appreciated and our colleagues have been fully engaged. 
In 2022, online discounted Rewards portals were introduced 
and enhanced across each division. Recognition platforms 
were trialled in Leisure and Concessions and almost 60,000 
pieces of recognition were awarded during 2022, through a 
combination of online and offline methods, for example thank 
you messages, awards, vouchers and thank you cards. 
As cost-of-living pressures increased in the UK, we 
implemented various support schemes for our teams and 
their families, for example by increasing shift food allowances 
for our teams to up to £24 per day. In Wagamama and 
Leisure and Concessions, our family and friends discounts 
were increased to 50%. Wagamama introduced free meals 
for children of team members from Monday to Friday. Leisure 
and Concessions gave each team member £50 for a free 
family meal. All divisions ensured our team were aware of 
support charities available to help with any financial crisis, 
education on how to reduce energy spends and food costs. 
We recommunicated our salary finance benefit, which 
offers early access to earned wages. 
We continued to offer a Save As You Earn share option 
scheme in 2022, which all colleagues with more than one 
month’s employment were invited to join. Employees can 
purchase TRG shares at a discounted price after saving 
each month for three years.
Building our team
The recruitment market for the hospitality sector continues 
to be significantly affected post-Brexit and the Covid-19 
pandemic. During Covid many hospitality workers 
changed careers or left the country, with the pool of 
potential candidates severely diminished. Across our 
sector, many businesses were unable to fully trade due 
to the lack of team members, particularly kitchen staff 
and chefs, throughout 2022. 
We have continued to drive recruitment through our online 
platforms and channels, investing further in adverts and 
paid search terms, and we have run open days to reach 
more candidates and invested in our talent acquisition 
teams. Our ratio of applications per job role increased across 
each division and job level. We gained from the upweighting 
and focus on our social media channels; this was especially 
evident in Wagamama due to the average age of their team. 
In our Concessions division, we saw our colleague numbers 
grow by 50% between May and September as the business 
fully reopened. Across the Group we have continued to 
invest in several chef-led apprenticeship programmes to 
continue to build our teams. 
Our team development
In 2022 we continued to enhance our learning and 
development with a Group-wide online platform. We focus 
on our on-the-job learning to help support the development 
of our colleagues, complemented with e-learning, increased 
face-to-face delivery, and virtual learning, all delivered by our 
dedicated brand and Group learning and development teams.
All new managers in our restaurants are enrolled in the 
manager in training and leadership programmes. This gives 
a structured pathway to be successful leaders with us. The 
programme covers all aspects of operational management, 
focusing heavily on leadership skills, all being underpinned 
with the culture, behaviours and values of the Group.
Development of our internal talent continues to be high 
on our agenda through multiple development programmes. 
Each division develops internal career paths to ensure we 
give each of our team the opportunity to grow into leadership 
roles; we aim to achieve a minimum of 50% internal 
appointments for each of our management vacancies. 
In 2020, we enhanced our colleague induction programme, 
ensuring everyone across the Group completes role-specific 
e-learning modules and face-to-face courses, not only to 
meet legislative requirements but also to enhance their 
development and career path opportunities.
Apprenticeship programmes and investing in our employees’ 
development are at the very heart of our learning programmes. 
All of our internal development programmes are aligned with 
our apprenticeship programme, providing a flexible and 
personalised approach to development and progression 
across the Group. We offer a suite of apprenticeships across 
all roles, ensuring that from entry level through to Director we 
are supporting progression, with kitchen team development 
our main priority. With a higher proportion of younger people 
joining hospitality (in 2022 a significant proportion of our new 
team were 16-21 year olds), our entry-level programmes are 
critical so that our colleagues can continue their education 
with TRG. We work alongside various external companies who 
support young people with the transition into employment. 
Our wide range of apprenticeships run from level 1 through 
to level 7. During 2022, 350 colleagues were participating 
in or completed an apprenticeship, with an average learning 
period of 18 months. 
We continue to evolve our apprenticeship programme to 
align with the needs of our colleagues, offering bespoke 
schemes for those looking to progress in hospitality but 
also for those who wish to learn a skill independent of 
their role or career path, i.e. project leadership, marketing 
or HR (CIPD) qualifications, this is available for all with 
the aim of progressing to our Head Office/support roles. 
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
24

Foster a representative, diverse and inclusive environment
Our employment commitments
The Restaurant Group is committed to being a fair and 
inclusive employer. Employment with the Group offers 
everyone equal rights and career development and 
promotion prospects, and our recent colleague engagement 
survey confirmed a huge majority of our colleagues felt they 
had equal opportunities regardless of age, race, gender, 
sexual orientation, disability or religion, with over 80% of 
respondents across all our divisions agreeing with this 
statement. We ensure as far as possible that the diversity 
of our teams reflects the diversity of the customers we 
serve. We continue our commitment to improve our Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion (EDI) with focus on a number of 
key areas, including development programmes for our 
management/leadership teams in anti-racism and gender 
identity. We focus our team to ensure all are respectful 
and understand that discrimination is not tolerated. 
Within each division we have a built teams of EDI 
ambassadors chosen from our colleague base. 
Their knowledge is integral to the development of our future 
EDI programme, and we will continue to build upon the 
foundations with our ambassadors.
We will continue to work with our EDI ambassadors to build 
mentoring and reverse mentoring schemes. In our support 
centre and throughout the Leisure and Concessions division 
we have launched a calendar of activity to celebrate our 
team’s diversity with an aim to increase representation from 
those communities that are currently under-represented. 
Having reviewed the Group’s position on diversity, the 
Colleague Engagement Steering Group agreed to align 
each division’s reporting methods more closely to allow 
more consistent monitoring of diversity issues across the 
Group. A core set of internal diversity metrics was agreed, 
focusing on ethnicity, gender and disability.
TRG will continue to ensure all of our employees understand 
they have a voice and will be heard, not only in shaping our 
people programmes, but also in the event of any serious 
occurrences of unethical behaviour, discrimination, 
harassment or health and safety concerns. We have Safe 
Sanctuary schemes across our Group which are embedded 
through our induction, development and cultural 
programmes.
Details relating to the gender diversity of our employees are 
contained in the Corporate Governance report on page 38.
We are committed to paying our colleagues fairly and 
equitably for the roles they are doing. Our most recent Equity 
Pay Audit shows that we have a high level of consistency in 
pay, with men and women being paid fairly and equitably 
remunerated when performing the same role. Our audit also 
showed that men tend to dominate the higher-paid roles, 
driving our gender pay gap. We are taking action to address 
this, including through initiatives such as the “women of 
Wagamama” group within Wagamama, and flexible working 
to give teams more flexibility to fit work around other life 
commitments and improve female representation in back 
of house roles.
The Group pays all of its colleagues at least the National 
Minimum Wage (or for the over 23s the National Living Wage) 
appropriate to their age. Tips are not included in this rate, 
and all gratuities are additional to their hourly rate and are 
paid directly to colleagues. Cash tips are self-declared, 
and only tips paid by credit card have tax deducted by 
the Company. In addition, no administration fee is charged 
by the Company.
If a colleague makes us aware of any disability, or becomes 
disabled during their employment with us, then our policy 
is to offer assistance and explore ways of overcoming any 
difficulties they may have at work and make the necessary 
adjustments to help them wherever possible.
Our commitment to equality and human rights is discussed 
in the induction for all colleagues and covered in our online 
policies and employee handbook, which are available and 
accessible to all. Our policies include an Equality and 
Diversity Policy, a Family Friendly Policy, Whistleblowing 
Policy, and a Harassment and Bullying Policy. The various 
management skills courses offered cover the responsibilities 
of the management team in upholding these policies to 
ensure a safe and respectful working environment.
Anti-bribery and corruption
It is our policy to conduct all our business in an honest 
and ethical manner. We take a zero-tolerance approach 
to bribery and corruption and are committed to acting 
professionally, fairly and with integrity in all our business 
dealings and relationships. All colleagues must declare all 
hospitality or gifts given or received over a certain minimum 
value, and all expense claims relating to hospitality, gifts, or 
payments to third parties must be submitted in accordance 
with our expenses policy, and the reason recorded for that 
expenditure. Anyone offered, or asked to make, a bribe or 
who suspects any bribery or corruption has occurred is 
obliged to notify the Company Secretary without delay. 
So far as we are aware, there were no incidences of bribery 
or corruption during 2022.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 25
Strategic report

Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
Introduction
While we are working hard to reduce the impact that we 
have on the environment and society (see Environmental 
and Social report from page 19), we recognise the need 
to consider the implications for our business from climate-
related issues over the short, medium and long term. In 
compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.6 R, we have included 
climate-related financial disclosures consistent with the 
TCFD recommendations, which are outlined below. To align 
with these recommendations, we have updated our business 
processes where needed. This is an iterative process, and 
we are committed to continuous improvement.
Governance
a) the Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and 
opportunities
b) management’s role in assessing and managing climate-
related risks and opportunities
The Board
The Board has overall responsibility for strategy and risk 
management and monitors how we are responding to any 
climate-related risks and opportunities identified through our 
risk management process. The Board also receives updates 
on our Preserving the Future ESG Programme, which 
includes climate-related initiatives, and is one of the Group’s 
strategic priorities.
Board Committees/management 
The Board delegates some of its responsibility to the following 
Board Committees and management committees/groups:
•	 The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and 
approving our TCFD disclosures, and has been delegated 
responsibility for the regular review of our principal risks 
and for our risk management procedures. 
•	 The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing 
and setting remuneration policy, including how ESG factors 
are included in performance targets.
•	 The Risk Committee, which is chaired by the CFO and 
includes all of the functional directors, as well as the Head 
of ESG Programme, is responsible for governance over 
the Company’s risk management processes, monitoring 
and assessing the effectiveness of the risk management 
systems and reporting on risk management to the Audit 
Committee. The climate risk and opportunities register 
was developed during 2022 and is now a standing item 
on the quarterly Risk Committee agenda.
•	 The Preserving the Future SteerCo, which includes the 
CEO, CFO, divisional CEOs/MDs and functional directors, 
is responsible for the delivery of our sustainability and 
climate change agenda, and meets once a quarter to 
provide direction and review progress. 
•	 Dedicated Preserving the Future workstreams aligned to 
our existing functions have been set up to support delivery 
of our Preserving the Future strategy and targets.
Strategy
a) Climate-related risks and opportunities identified over the 
short, medium and long term
Climate change will present both risks and opportunities 
to our business in the short, medium and longer term, in 
the form of physical and transition risks and opportunities. 
For example, our supply chain may be impacted by extreme 
weather events such as flooding, droughts or heatwaves. 
As we transition to a low-carbon world, we may face 
transition risks such as increased climate-related regulation, 
or changing consumer preferences, with corresponding 
opportunities to grow our business through successfully 
addressing these. Our climate risk register was created in 
2022 by our ESG function, using input from the business 
and external sources, and further developed through the 
scenario analysis exercise undertaken with external support 
(see risk management section on page 32 for further details 
on how climate-related risks are identified and assessed).
Time horizons used and rationale
Short 	
0-3 years to align with viability statement
Medium	
3-7 years to capture transition risks and 
opportunities
Long	
7 years+ to capture physical risks and 
opportunities and align to our longer-term 
liabilities
Financial impacts
The financial impact ranges used are aligned with those used 
in our Group risk management process.
High 	
Material impact on profitability at Group level
High-med	Moderate impact on profitability at Group level, or 
material impact on specific areas of the business
Low-med	 Limited impact on profitability at Group level or 
moderate impact on specific areas of the business
Low	
Very limited impact on profitability at Group level 
or limited impact on specific areas of the business
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
26

Risks and opportunities
Time horizon
Transition/physical & risk/
opportunity type
Description
Mitigating actions being 
taken/considered as part 
of strategy development
Potential financial impact 
(post mitigation)
Short/Medium/Long
Physical – Acute
Risk of higher 
sourcing costs/supply 
issues for ingredients 
caused by increased 
extreme weather 
events impacting 
harvests
•	 Dual sourcing and 
multiple geographic 
origins of key 
ingredients to 
improve resilience
•	 Suppliers working 
on climate-resistant 
crops
High-medium impact 
(negative)
Short/Medium/Long
Physical – Acute
Risk of increased 
extreme weather 
events (e.g. 
heatwaves, flooding) 
in the UK causing 
reduced footfall/
restaurant closures 
and impacting staff 
travel and wellbeing
•	 Maintaining a 
portfolio of brands 
that are differently 
impacted by 
weather events 
such as heatwaves
•	 Flood risk 
assessments on 
new sites
High-medium impact 
(negative)
Short/Medium/Long
Transition – Market
Risk of a lack of 
suppliers who 
can meet our 
decarbonisation 
requirements e.g. 
emissions data 
collection, shift to 
renewable energy/
shift to regenerative 
agriculture
•	 Aligning with 
industry initiatives 
around data 
collection 
and supplier 
engagement 
(e.g. WRAP, Zero 
Carbon Forum)
•	 Working with 
suppliers to 
support 
decarbonisation 
initiatives
•	 New sourcing 
requirements 
introduced 
gradually and 
in consultation 
with suppliers
Low impact (negative)
Short/Medium/Long
Transition – 
Reputation
Risk of failure to align 
with climate-aware 
customers’ 
expectations 
re sustainability
•	 Improving 
sustainability 
of packaging 
(see page 20)
•	 Wagamama 50% 
plant-based menu
•	 Working with 
suppliers to 
improve 
sustainability 
of ingredients 
Low-medium impact 
(negative)
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 27
Strategic report

Time horizon
Transition/physical & risk/
opportunity type
Description
Mitigating actions being 
taken/considered as part 
of strategy development
Potential financial impact 
(post mitigation)
Long
Transition – Policy & 
Legal
Risk of the 
introduction of 
carbon tax in the 
future raising cost 
of higher-emission 
products (e.g. beef)
•	 Cost of high-
emission products 
would be 
considered within 
pricing strategies 
and passed on 
where relevant
•	 Continued 
development of 
plant-based options 
on our menus
•	 Working with 
suppliers to 
reduce emissions
Low-medium impact 
(negative)
Short/Medium/Long
Transition – Products/
Services
Opportunity to attract 
more climate-aware 
customers embracing 
plant-based and 
locally sourced food
•	 See actions above 
(against risk of 
failure to align 
with climate-
aware customers’ 
expectations re 
sustainability)
Revenue opportunity
Short/Medium/Long
Transition – Resource 
efficiency, resilience
Opportunity to reduce 
emissions and energy 
costs through 
investment in energy 
efficient equipment/
energy saving 
measures
•	 Piloting and rolling 
out proven 
technology to 
reduce energy 
usage
•	 Working with 
suppliers to source 
the most efficient 
equipment
Cost opportunity
Short/Medium/Long
Transition – Resource 
efficiency
Opportunity to reduce 
emissions and cost 
by reducing waste
•	 Working with 
SRA on reducing 
food waste
Cost opportunity
Short/Medium/Long
Transition – Resource 
efficiency
Opportunity to attract 
and retain employees 
who want to work for 
a company that is 
taking positive action 
on climate and other 
ESG issues
•	 TRG developing 
sustainability 
priorities across 
the Group
Employee brand 
enhancement – 
cost benefit
Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
28

b) Impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy, and financial planning
The impact on our business of climate-related risks and opportunities, and the interdependencies between these and other 
risks impacting our business are considered as part of the group’s risk management process and determination of principal 
risks, as described in the risk management section on page 32. Climate-related risks and opportunities are considered in the 
development of our Preserving the Future Programme, which is a strategic priority for the Group. We outline below how our 
Preserving the Future Programme addresses climate-related issues. As a UK company, in developing our programme, we 
have also considered the carbon commitments of the UK Government (2050 net zero target) as well as our sector.
Preserving the Future Commitment
How our Preserving the Future Programme addresses climate-related issues
Reduction in carbon emissions 
We are aligned with the UK hospitality sector Zero Carbon Forum 2040 target 
and roadmap to support our transition to a low-carbon economy. In Q4 2021 
we moved to renewable energy across all direct supplies on our national contract. 
All volumes purchased are covered by a Renewable Energy Guarantee of Origin 
(REGO) certificate or a Renewable Gas Guarantee of Origin (RGGO) certificate. 
This led to a 91% reduction in GHG emissions within our own operations vs 2021 
(market-based). We have activity ongoing to continue to reduce our energy use 
(see pages 19 to 20).
Our supply chain emissions make up c.90% of our total footprint and we are 
working with suppliers and the wider industry to reduce these (see pages 20 
to 21 for more details). We have worked with an external consultancy to identify 
top-down decarbonisation levers, and as we engage with suppliers, we will 
develop a more detailed understanding of our path to net zero.
Improve our water efficiency
Water is an essential resource for our operations, but we recognise that water 
stress in the UK is increasing as a result of climate change. We measure and 
disclose water consumption as part of our SASB reporting and our environmental 
policy sets out our commitment to minimise water use whilst maintaining operational 
viability, and the hygiene needs of guests and team members. In 2022 we 
commenced a pilot relating to water reduction technology.
Reduction in waste
Reducing waste also results in reduced GHG emissions. We are working closely with 
the Sustainable Restaurant Association to develop our strategy to tackle food waste.
Improved sustainability of our 
packaging
Actions we are taking to improve the sustainability of our packaging are reducing 
carbon emissions. In 2022 we developed and rolled out a new packaging solution 
for Wagamama, which is projected to eliminate up to 330 tonnes of virgin plastic 
per year and reduces the carbon intensity of the packaging for our most popular 
dish, Katsu curry, by 62%. We also launched a Bowl Bank return scheme to assist 
our customers in recycling their delivery plastic.
Sustainable and responsible 
sourcing practices
The production of certain imported commodities, in particular palm oil and soy, 
has been linked with deforestation, biodiversity loss and climate change. We are 
committed to responsible sourcing and to removing unsustainable ingredients 
and raw materials from our products. All suppliers must ensure that all the palm oil 
used in our products is produced in an environmentally, economically and socially 
sustainable way. We use Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil (RSPO) certification 
for palm oil used in our products. All soy should be sustainably sourced and we are 
working to ensure that soya used as animal feed in the supply chain is sustainable.
Financial planning
As part of the Group’s annual budget and three-year planning process climate-related issues are considered and, 
if appropriate, their impact is built into our financial plans. As part of the 2023 budget process the Group is expecting to see 
elevated levels of commodity inflation, which is in part due to the extreme weather experienced in 2022 having an adverse 
impact on crop yields and leading to higher commodity prices. In addition, there has been a significant increase in renewable 
energy levies charged within non-commodity costs relating to energy that will lead to increased costs from Q4 2023.
c) Resilience of strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2-degree or lower scenario
To improve our understanding of the potential climate-related risks and opportunities under different scenarios we have 
worked with an external specialist to undertake qualitative scenario analysis. This work informed the further development 
of our climate risk register, and will feed into our future strategy development and business planning.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 29
Strategic report

Approach to qualitative scenario analysis
Our scenario analysis exercise qualitatively considered one transition scenario and one physical scenario out to 2030. 
Exploring the potential impacts under a transition scenario in which there is rapid decarbonisation, and a physical scenario 
in which there is rapid warming, enables us to “stress test” our business operations and strategy against a plausible, yet 
challenging variety of future outcomes. The time horizon to 2030 is relevant for TRG business planning and strategic 
decision-making, whilst capturing a period over which the impact of climate-related risks is expected to become more 
pronounced.
Our analysis looked at our four operating segments: Wagamama, Pubs, Leisure and Concessions, for which the climate risks 
are broadly similar, as well as at our supply chain. TRG colleagues from each of the four business areas were engaged in 
sessions to review and assess the potential risks and opportunities, and the strategic response options for their respective 
business areas. The financial implications of the identified potential material impacts were discussed, to qualitatively assess 
the resulting impact on revenue, or expenditure, and the assets and liabilities, capital and financing at Group level. This 
enabled us to assess the resilience of TRG under the two pathways explored.
Scenario assumptions
Assumptions for each scenario were built from the following two authoritative third-party sources. The scenarios include 
a 2ºC or lower scenario, in line with the TCFD recommendations.
•	 Sustainable Development Scenario, International Energy Agency, World Energy Outlook 2021 – a pathway where warming 
is limited to 1.65ºC by 2100
•	 Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) 8.5, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Fifth Assessment Report 
(AR5) – a pathway where warming exceeds 4ºC by 2100
Scenario assumptions overview
Scenario
Transition
Physical
Primary source
Sustainable Development Scenario (SDS) 
International Energy Agency 
World Energy Outlook 2021.
Representative Concentration Pathway 8.5
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
Fifth Assessment Report (AR5).
Scenario description
Below 2-degree transition scenario
Transformation of the global economy, 
and rapid changes beyond current UK and 
global pledges, to limit warming to 1.65°C 
by 2100. Increased efforts to realise 
near‑term emissions reductions, including 
comprehensive changes to policy, regulation, 
technology and markets by 2030.
High level of physical impacts scenario
Low ambition or effectiveness of global action 
to constrain emissions and mitigate climate 
change results in >4°C warming by 2100. 
Acute and chronic physical impacts of 
climate change are more pronounced by 
2030 and continue to increase significantly 
beyond this time.
Time horizon
2030
2030
Policy and regulation
Comprehensive policy changes to limit 
warming to 1.65°C, including mandatory 
decarbonisation measures affecting 
buildings, equipment, and transport. Carbon 
pricing expands to all advanced economies.
Existing policies with no significant further 
changes. Existing and planned carbon pricing.
Technology
Acceleration of innovation and technical 
improvements to enable the transition to a 
low- carbon economy, including improved 
technology efficiencies.
Technology changes only in response 
to more pronounced impacts of physical 
climate change, including increase in 
cooling requirements (air-conditioning).
Society and 
behaviours
Some behaviour change, including partial 
shifts toward lower-meat diets, increased 
public transport use and participation 
in recycling.
Behaviour change in response to more 
pronounced impacts of physical climate 
change, such as changes to recreational 
preferences during heatwaves.
Environment
Less severe weather events.
Increasingly severe weather events.
Common assumptions
TRG business operations and business model remain broadly unchanged, except for 
implementation of the business’s strategic priorities. TRG suppliers, customer base and 
workforce remain steady and broadly unchanged, except for growth associated with 
meeting the strategic priorities.
Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
30

Summary results of scenario analysis
Our analysis identified potential material impacts (risks and 
opportunities) to the business under the transition and 
physical scenarios. Our assessment of materiality was 
guided with reference to the criteria used in the Group risk 
management process. The key findings for each scenario 
are summarised below.
Transition scenario
The most material risks to our business identified under the 
transition scenario are:
•	 Introduction of carbon pricing, including for shipping 
and high-emission items (meat, dairy). Resulting in an 
increase in cost to source products from long-distance 
supply routes, and to source high-emission product 
categories, impacting on the cost of signature dishes 
across our brands.
•	 Mandatory building and equipment efficiency 
measures. Requiring increased investment to replace all 
or part of our kitchen cooklines with more efficient models 
across our estate; and to implement building efficiency 
measures at our owned Pub sites.
•	 Consumer behaviour change: a shift toward lower-
emission diets, including reduced meat consumption. 
Resulting in an initial decrease in revenue for brands with 
fewer plant-based options, and an increase for 
Wagamama, which has a strong plant-based offering. 
Investment may be required to establish new plant-based 
brands or reformulate existing menus.
Our current mitigations and potential strategic responses to 
the identified risks include:
•	 An increased cost of high-emission products due to 
carbon pricing would be considered within our pricing 
strategies and passed on where relevant. We are working 
with suppliers to support decarbonisation initiatives and 
develop lower carbon ingredients, and have a dedicated 
supply chain ESG resource in place to identify 
opportunities for supply chain carbon reduction.
•	 We have undertaken work to understand a range of 
energy efficiency opportunities and implementation 
options. Measures implemented to date include LED light 
bulb installation, upgrading to more efficient fryer kits as 
these are replaced, and an energy consumption review 
system to flag and address abnormal site energy usage.
•	 We gradually evolve our menus over time as consumer 
preferences change, and Wagamama is a vegan-friendly 
brand with a 50% plant-based menu. We would have 
the option to develop to cater to customer preferences, 
drawing on existing expertise from Wagamama’s menu 
innovation and the creation of new online delivery brands. 
We also have the option to explore alternatives as these 
become available, such as lab-grown meat and alternative 
proteins.
In this scenario, the most significant impacts would be seen 
in our financial performance through increased capital and 
operating expenditure. Compliance with mandatory building 
and equipment energy standards is the primary driver for 
a net increase in capital expenditure, to reduce carbon 
and cost across our site operations. There would be a net 
increase in operational expenditure from increased costs 
of sourcing products, due to carbon pricing, and higher 
rent and service charges for new sites/renewals due to 
costs potentially passed on by landlords for implementation 
of mandatory efficiency measures. These potential increases 
in operational expenditure may be partially offset by a 
reduction in ongoing cost of operations, with reduced 
energy consumption achieved via efficiencies from building 
and equipment upgrades.
This assumes limited action is taken to mitigate risks. 
There are opportunities within this scenario, that include:
•	 Consumer behaviour change toward lower-emission 
diets. Wagamama benefits from growth in the plant-based 
market, with increased revenue, market share and 
enhanced brand value.
•	 Rapid technological advancements and improved 
efficiencies. All parts of the business benefit from 
increased operational efficiencies, particularly a decrease 
in ongoing energy costs, following the initial investments 
required. There are also opportunities for on-site energy 
generation solutions across the Pubs estate.
Physical scenario
The most material risks to our business identified under the 
physical scenario are:
•	 Increased incidence of extreme weather events 
globally, impacting food production and supply. 
Resulting in lower availability and higher sourcing costs, 
due to increased cost to source alternatives in response to 
supply disruptions and due to wider market price changes.
•	 Increased high temperatures and drought in the UK. 
Resulting in increased energy usage costs for cooling 
and refrigeration requirements, and investment required 
to install and upgrade HVAC systems across the estate. 
There would be a reduction in revenue at Wagamama and 
Leisure sites during hot weather, due to negative impacts 
on customer footfall and trading, and a positive impact 
on Pubs.
•	 Increased extreme weather events, heavy rainfall and 
flooding in the UK. Resulting in reduced revenue at 
Wagamama and Leisure and Concessions during extreme 
weather events, due to negative impacts on delivery trade. 
There would be a potential increase in loss of trade at a 
very small proportion of our Wagamama and Pubs sites 
that are at higher flood risk, due to temporary site closures 
from flooding.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 31
Strategic report

Our current mitigations and potential strategic responses to 
the identified risks include:
•	 We operate a dual sourcing model and are establishing as 
many multiple supplies as possible (multiple geographical 
origins of key ingredients to improve supply chain 
resilience). Our purchasing team tracks and budgets for 
the impact of low-yield harvests, and we are exploring 
climate-resilient crop varieties with suppliers.
•	 During hot weather, our Leisure sites run menu promotions 
to attract customers. We have the option to evolve menus 
to shift toward warmer climates, drawing on existing 
expertise of Wagamama menu evolution at franchise 
sites in the Middle East. We also have the option to install 
air-conditioning across sites that do not have this already.
•	 Our new site selection criteria include consideration of 
flood risk.
In the physical scenario, the most significant impacts would 
be seen in our financial performance due to both increased 
expenditure and reduced revenue. Revenues could be 
negatively impacted during increased extreme weather 
events, which will negatively affect delivery trade, whilst 
more frequent hot weather is likely to have a negative impact 
on Wagamama and Leisure trading. The primary drivers for 
increased operational and capital expenditure are energy 
costs for increased cooling and refrigeration requirements, 
costs for HVAC installation and repairs, and higher sourcing 
costs due to food production and supply chain disruptions.
This assumes limited actions are taken to mitigate risks. 
There are opportunities within this scenario, which include:
•	 Increased incidence of heatwaves in the UK. A positive 
impact on footfall and trading in Pubs, with gardens and 
shaded areas provided for customers. This may be 
beneficial up to extreme temperature thresholds at which 
trading is then negatively impacted. In addition, milder 
winters would be broadly beneficial to trading across 
our business.
Assessment of resilience
Under both scenarios, the timing of the potential changes 
explored, such as the introduction of new carbon pricing 
mechanisms, is an important factor in determining the 
potential size of financial impacts on the business. 
Our review of the strategic response options available 
to us indicates that the business is well-positioned to 
respond, whilst confirming areas to monitor to ensure 
that we proactively strengthen our position for the range 
of future pathways considered.
The exercise highlighted areas where the nature and scale 
of impacts varies across different parts of the business. 
The diversity of brands and operational locations across 
our portfolio provides some mitigation against isolated risks, 
whilst impressing upon us the need to continue to monitor 
climate-related risks and opportunities at both operating 
segment and Group level.
The outputs facilitated an update to our climate risk and 
opportunities register. As we continue our work to enhance 
our resilience to climate change, this will enable us to explore 
new risk mitigation and opportunity-realisation strategies 
under the governance of our Group risk management 
process.
Driving forward our ESG agenda is of strategic and financial 
importance to TRG and our business resilience. Whilst taking 
action to reduce our emissions and achieve efficiencies 
requires investment, it presents opportunities to enhance our 
long-term value – reducing operational costs by optimising 
energy usage, managing exposure to climate-related policy 
and regulation, and enhancing supply-chain resilience to 
ensure product availability and security of supply.
Risk management
a) Processes for identifying and assessing climate-
related risks
Climate-related risks (short, medium and long-term), 
including those related to existing and emerging regulatory 
requirements, are identified by the ESG function with 
reference to external sources and in consultation with 
the business, including through the Preserving the Future 
Programme workstreams, and understanding of these 
risks is further developed through scenario analysis. 
Climate‑related risks are discussed at the Company’s 
quarterly Risk Committee meetings as part of the Group’s 
risk management process.
The risk management process identifies the gross risk, 
the likelihood of occurrence, mitigating controls in place and 
the potential financial impact on the Group and the likelihood 
of the risk occurring. The Risk Committee receives the 
functional and divisional risk registers, including the climate-
related risks and opportunities register, and material from 
all registers feeds into the consolidated view of the Group’s 
principal risks as disclosed on page 70. The consolidated 
view of the Group’s principal risks takes into consideration 
interdependencies of different risks, including climate-
related risks.
b) Processes for managing climate-related risks
Each climate risk is assigned a business owner who 
is responsible for monitoring the risk and undertaking 
mitigating actions where appropriate. Where required, 
specific action points are agreed at Risk Committee 
meetings.
c) Integration of processes for identifying, assessing, 
and managing climate-related risks into the organisation’s 
overall risk management
The processes for identifying, assessing, and managing 
climate-related risks are fully integrated into the organisation’s 
overall risk management, and feed into the principal risks as 
described above. For example, the climate-related risk of 
higher sourcing costs for ingredients caused by extreme 
weather events, feeds into the Supply Chain Inflation 
principal risk.
Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
32

Metrics and targets
a) Metrics used to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process
b) Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 GHG emissions, and the related risks
c) Targets used to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets
The table below sets out the key metrics and targets used to measure climate-related elements of our Preserving the Future 
Programme.
We currently manage our climate-related risks and opportunities through the metrics and targets below. Our decarbonisation, 
renewable energy and energy usage reduction targets will help to mitigate the risks relating to carbon pricing and the risk 
of failing to align with climate-aware customers’ expectations. Our Wagamama 50% plant-based menu target also helps 
to mitigate these risks, as well as helping to address the opportunity to attract more climate-aware customers. 
We are developing metrics and targets for other areas of our programme, including for waste management and supplier 
engagement.
Target/Goal
Metric
2022 result
Minimise operational 
emissions (Scope 1 and 2) 
Absolute market-based GHG emissions 
in tCO2e for Scope 1 and 2
Reduced by 91% vs 2021 emissions
Maintain renewable energy 
across directly contracted 
supplies
Electricity, gas and LPG from 
renewable sources
Achieved – new sites moving to national 
framework as existing contracts allow
5% reduction in energy 
usage in 2022 vs 2019
Energy consumption
Achieved (see Directors’ remuneration report 
on page 50)
Net zero by 2040 with 
residuals emissions offset
tCO2e Scope 1, 2 and 3
N/A
Maintain 50% plant-based 
menu in Wagamama
Proportion of menu items not 
containing meat
Achieved
We have worked with an external carbon accounting partner 
to produce our Scope 3 inventory in accordance with the 
GHG Protocol. This uses industry average carbon factors 
applied to a combination of volume-based and spend-based 
data to calculate emissions. In future, we plan to replace 
industry average carbon calculations with supplier-specific 
emissions as we work proactively with our suppliers to 
help them provide these. There is currently no standard 
methodology for requesting carbon emissions data from 
suppliers, but we have created supplier engagement surveys 
based on the industry guidelines provided by WRAP.
As is the case across the industry, our ability to track Scope 
3 emissions is still very limited due to the complexity of 
measurement. Activity to improve the quality of our Scope 3 
inventory and datasets is ongoing, as this is an important 
enabler of our decarbonisation programme. This year we 
have included additional or enhanced datasets within the 
Purchased Goods and Services, Upstream Leased Assets 
and Business Travel categories.
Greenhouse gas emissions and energy usage
As a quoted public company, The Restaurant Group is 
required under the Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting regulations to report annually on its greenhouse 
gas emissions from Scope 1 and 2. We are also disclosing 
our Scope 3 footprint.
Energy usage and emissions reported across Scope 1, 2 
and 3 in 2021 are not representative of a full trading year 
due to Covid restrictions and are therefore not comparable 
with 2022. 
We report both location and market-based footprints to 
illustrate the benefits of renewable purchasing. A location-
based method involves using an average emission factor 
that relates to the grid on which energy consumption occurs, 
so does not take into account any renewable purchasing that 
exceeds the grid average. A market-based method reflects 
emissions from energy that companies have purposefully 
chosen, for example renewable energy.
Overview
Governance
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 33
Strategic report

Greenhouse gas emissions 
Scope
Example emission Sources
Unit
Location-Based
Market-Based
2021
2022
2021
2022
Scope 1  
(Combustion/facility operation)
Natural gas, LPG, FGAS tCO2e
15,454
15,633
13,635
1,312
Scope 2
(Electricity/heat/steam/cooling)
Electricity
tCO2e
14,762
16,377
5,993
420
Scope 1 and 2 total
tCO2e
30,216
32,010
19,628
1,732
Scope 1 and 2 intensity metric
tCO2e/£1m 
turnover
47
36
31
2
Scope 3 
Includes: purchased 
goods and services, 
capital goods, water, 
waste, transportation, 
business travel, employee 
commuting, upstream 
leased assets
tCO2e
243,979
n/a
n/a
Energy use
2021
2022
Combustion (Scope 1)
kWh
66,501,505
89,408,172
Electricity/heat/steam/cooling (Scope 2)
kWh
69,524,426
84,686,393
Total Energy Consumption
kWh
136,025,931
174,094,565
Greenhouse gas reporting methodology
•	 Our methodology has been based on the Greenhouse Gas Protocol
•	 The period of our report is 3 January 2022 to 1 January 2023
•	 We have reported on all the measured emissions sources required under The Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited 
Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations
•	 This includes material emissions under Scope 1 and 2 and material upstream Scope 3 emissions
•	 Emissions relating to energy used within landlord managed sites where we do not control the purchase of energy have 
been estimated under the Scope 3 Upstream Leased Assets category
•	 Our published Scope 3 footprint currently excludes downstream emissions whilst we work to improve these datasets
•	 Conversion factors for UK electricity (location-based methodology), gas and other emissions are those published by 
the UK government, or where available, supplier-specific emissions for use in market-based calculations, using guidance 
from the GHG Protocol and Green Gas Certificate Scheme
•	 Our energy efficiency action is referred to throughout the report
•	 The location-based method reflects the average emissions intensity of the grid on which the energy consumption occurs 
(using grid-average emission factor data)
•	 The market-based method reflects emissions from the energy that has been purchased from the supplier, for example 
renewable energy
Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
34

Corporate Governance report
Chairman’s introduction
2022 was another challenging year for the hospitality 
industry. We entered the year with the Omicron variant 
still impacting our business, shortly followed by the war in 
Ukraine, which then led to a very significant impact on utility 
costs. The increase in interest rates, and the highest inflation 
pressures for a number of decades, resulted in a very 
significant cost-of-living challenge for our customers.
Despite these challenges, our businesses continued to 
deliver excellent levels of customer service and Wagamama 
and Brunning & Price in particular continued to significantly 
outperform their respective sectors. I am incredibly proud of 
the way that our colleagues dealt with the challenges of 2022. 
Just prior to the year end we successfully refinanced our 
external debt giving the Group more flexibility and longer-
term certainty. More details can be found in the Financial 
review on page 10 and the section 172 statement on 
page 17.
This Corporate Governance report sets out how 
the Company’s Board and its Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees discharged their oversight 
functions in 2022 and provided support to the Company’s 
management as the business navigated that challenging 
trading environment, and explains the governance standards 
and practices followed at Board level.
Within the Company’s governance framework, the Board’s 
role is to provide effective leadership in promoting the 
long-term success of the Company. I and the rest of the 
Board consider that maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance is critical to the effective delivery of the 
Company’s strategy and its long-term success. The Board 
sets the Group’s strategy, identifies and mitigates the risks 
in delivering the strategy, approves the funding and major 
capital allocations of the Group, and provides independent 
oversight of the Company’s performance. To further support 
the Group’s strategy, the Board seeks to ensure that good 
governance standards are embedded throughout the 
organisation. As well as following the statutory requirements 
placed on listed companies, including compliance with the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, the Company measures 
itself against wider best practice. 
While the delivery of the Group’s strategy and day-to-day 
running of the business are delegated to the Chief Executive 
Officer, the Non-Executive Directors play an important role in 
exercising independent judgement to shape and agree the 
Group’s strategy and the relevant priorities with the Executive 
Directors. They bring constructive challenge and scrutiny to 
the executives and the senior management team at Board 
and Committee meetings, while providing support and 
guidance to promote effective decision-making, especially 
in challenging market conditions. 
We have seen some changes to our Board during the year. 
We were pleased to welcome Loraine Woodhouse to the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director in July 2022, while Alison 
Digges departed at the end of the year after three years as a 
Non-Executive Director. We also appointed a new Company 
Secretary, Andrew Eames, in 2022.
In my first year as Chair, I have worked with the Board and 
the Company Secretary to update and formalise several of 
our Board processes. For 2023, I will continue to ensure that 
the Board and its Committees practise good corporate 
governance and set clear expectations concerning the 
Company’s values and standards, while focusing on the 
key issues of performance, value creation and accountability 
and maintaining relationships with our shareholders and 
other stakeholders. A principal focus in governance terms 
will be on talent and succession planning and ensuring we 
have a diverse and inclusive Board and senior management 
team. I am strongly supportive of an enhanced ESG agenda 
as a key driver of the Group’s progress.
Ken Hanna
Chairman
7 March 2023
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 35
Governance

Statement of compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code
Under the Listing Rules, the Company is required to 
comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 
(the “Code”) and to identify and explain where it does 
not comply with any elements of the Code.
Throughout 2022, the Company complied with the 
principles set out in the Code with the exception of 
Provision 38, as the CFO’s pension contributions 
were not fully aligned with the rest of the workforce 
but based on a contractual entitlement. As referenced 
in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 52, this 
has now been rectified as of 1 January 2023, such that 
the Company is currently fully compliant with the Code.
Explanations of how the Principles and Provisions of 
the Code have been applied are included throughout 
this Corporate Governance report and also in the 
Audit Committee report, the Nomination Committee 
report and the Directors’ remuneration report. The 
Code is available to view here: www.frc.org.uk/
directors/corporate-governance/uk-corporate-
governance-code.
Board membership
As of 7 March 2023, the Board consisted of seven Directors, 
comprising the Chair, two Executive Directors – the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer – the Senior 
Independent Director and three other Independent Non-
Executive Directors. Biographies of each individual Director 
can be found on pages 42 to 43. The Board considers each 
of the current Non-Executive Directors to be independent, 
including the Chair of the Board on appointment. The Board 
considers that each Director demonstrates the skills and 
experience required for the success of the Group and is able 
to allocate sufficient time to the Company to discharge his 
or her responsibilities effectively. Changes to the composition 
of the Board and its Committees over the course of the year 
are detailed below.
•	 Following the resignation of Debbie Hewitt MBE, 
Ken Hanna took over as Chair on 1 January 2022.
•	 Alex Gersh, who joined the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director in February 2021, was confirmed as Chair of the 
Audit Committee on 24 May 2022, succeeding Graham 
Clemett, who remains on the Board as Senior Independent 
Director. Graham’s appointment as a Non-Executive 
Director was renewed for another three years in June 2022.
•	 On 4 July 2022, Loraine Woodhouse joined the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director, and was also appointed to the 
Audit and Nomination Committees. Loraine has extensive 
listed financial experience, with a career that has included 
a number of CFO and finance roles at Halfords, John 
Lewis Partnership, Hobbs and Costa Coffee. She is 
currently a Non-Executive Director at The British Land 
Company plc and Pennon Group plc.
•	 On 7 December 2022 several changes were made to 
Committee memberships, with the effect of ensuring 
that each Independent Non-Executive Director sits on 
each Board Committee and that the Committees have 
a more diverse and broader membership. Accordingly, 
Zoe Morgan was appointed to the Audit Committee, 
while Loraine Woodhouse and Alex Gersh joined the 
Remuneration Committee.
•	 On 8 December 2022, we announced that Alison Digges 
had informed the Board that she intended to step down 
as from 2 January 2023.
•	 Zoe Morgan’s appointment as a Non-Executive Director 
was renewed for another three years as from 1 January 2023.
The following Directors held office during 2022:
Director
Role
Originally appointed to the Board
Ken Hanna
Chair  
Chair of Nomination Committee
December 2021
Andy Hornby
Chief Executive Officer
August 2019
Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer
February 2018
Graham Clemett
Senior Independent Director  
Chair of Audit Committee (to May 2022)
June 2016
Alison Digges
Independent Non-Executive Director
January 2020
Alex Gersh
Independent Non-Executive Director  
Chair of Audit Committee (from May 2022)
February 2021
Zoe Morgan
Independent Non-Executive Director  
Chair of Remuneration Committee  
Workforce Engagement Director
January 2020
Loraine Woodhouse
Independent Non-Executive Director
July 2022
Corporate Governance report continued
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
36

The role of the Board
The Board’s role is to set and oversee the strategic direction 
of the Group as well as the business operating model that 
aims to deliver those strategic priorities. It looks to ensure 
that the necessary resources are in place to achieve these 
priorities and reviews management’s performance in terms 
of their delivery. The Board is also responsible for providing 
strong values-based leadership to the Company and for 
effective corporate governance, setting the Company’s 
ethical standards and ensuring the business meets its 
obligations to all stakeholders.
The Board has a formal terms of reference and schedule 
of matters specifically reserved for its consideration, which 
is available on the Company’s website and includes items 
such as:
•	 Responsibility for the long-term, sustainable success 
of the Company and Group
•	 Approval of the annual budget and business plan
•	 Approval of the Group’s interim and year-end reports
•	 All new site openings and approval of significant capital 
expenditure
•	 Significant disposals of assets
•	 Acquisitions and disposals of businesses
•	 Approval of key Group policies
Division of responsibilities
The division of responsibilities between the Chair, the Chief 
Executive and the Senior Independent Director is formally 
set out in writing and available on the Company’s website.
The Chief Executive Officer, Andy Hornby, together with 
the senior management team, is responsible for the day-to-
day running of the Group and provides regular reports on 
performance to the Board.
The Chair, Ken Hanna, leads the Board in both challenging 
and supporting the Executives in shaping, agreeing and 
executing the strategy. The Senior Independent Director, 
Graham Clemett, is responsible for providing support to 
the Chair and acts as an alternative point of contact for 
shareholders and the other Directors.
Non-Executive Directors maintain an ongoing dialogue with 
the Chair and Executive Directors, providing constructive 
challenge to the Group’s strategy and day-to-day performance. 
Non-Executive Directors are provided with the relevant 
information to allow them to monitor, assess and challenge 
the executive management of the Group. The Non-Executive 
Directors have the opportunity to meet without the Executive 
Directors to examine, among other matters, the targets set 
and the performance achieved by management.
The Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
meet regularly with shareholders. The Senior Independent 
Director is available to liaise with any shareholders who have 
concerns that they feel have not been addressed through the 
usual channels of the Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer.
Board Committees
The Board is supported by three Committees: Audit, 
Nomination and Remuneration. The terms of reference 
of these Committees are available at www.trgplc.com/
governance. Full reports for each of the Committees are 
set out on pages 44 to 66.
Meetings and attendance
The Board and its Committees hold regular, planned meetings throughout the year to review the Company’s financial and 
operational performance and other matters. When issues requiring the attention of the Board or one of its Committees arise 
outside the regular schedule, additional meetings are arranged as necessary.
A summary of the Directors’ attendance at scheduled meetings of the Board and its Committees that they were eligible to 
attend during 2022 is shown below:
Director
Board
Audit Committee
Nomination Committee
Remuneration Committee
Ken Hanna
7/7
–
2/2
2/2
Andy Hornby
7/7
–
–
–
Kirk Davis
7/7
–
–
–
Graham Clemett
7/7
3/3
2/2
2/2
Alison Digges
7/7
3/3
2/2
2/2
Alex Gersh
7/7
3/3
2/2
–
Zoe Morgan
7/7
–
2/2
2/2
Loraine Woodhouse 1
3/3
2/2
–
–
1	 Loraine Woodhouse was appointed to the Board and to the Audit and Nomination Committees on 4 July 2022.
The Board also held two unscheduled meetings during the year to consider specific matters at relatively short notice. There 
were two additional Nomination Committee meetings and three additional Remuneration Committee meetings. All Directors 
who were able to attended these meetings, however, Graham Clemett and Alex Gersh were both unable to attend one of 
ad hoc Board meetings and one of the ad hoc Nomination Committee meetings due to prior commitments.
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 37
Governance

Corporate Governance report continued
Comprehensive papers are provided to the Directors the 
week prior to Board meetings and to Committee members 
prior to Board Committee meetings through a secure online 
portal. Financial information packs and shareholder analysis 
reports are also provided to all Directors on a monthly basis. 
Independent advice
All Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary and are entitled to take independent 
professional advice if necessary, at the expense of 
the Company.
Conflicts of interest and independence
The Board reviews potential conflicts of interest and 
independence where necessary at each meeting and a 
record is kept by the Company Secretarial function of any 
potential or actual issues that may arise. Directors have 
continuing obligations to update the Board on any changes 
to these conflicts or matters which may impinge upon 
their independence, and also provide annual confirmations 
of their interests and other appointments as part of the year-
end process. British Land plc, where Loraine Woodhouse 
also acts as a Non-Executive Director, is the landlord of 
some TRG sites, while Pennon Group plc companies, where 
she is also on the Board, supply water to some sites in the 
southwest. Under the Group’s conflict of interest procedures, 
Loraine Woodhouse recuses herself from any discussions or 
decisions at Board meetings where matters relating to British 
Land or Pennon are involved.
Directors’ and Officers’ liability (‘D&O’) insurance
The Company maintains D&O insurance to cover the cost 
of defending civil and criminal proceedings brought against 
an individual acting in their capacity as a Director or Officer 
of the Company (including those who served as Directors 
or Officers during 2022).
Board composition and diversity
As required by the Code, at least 50% of the Board, 
excluding the Chair, are independent Non-Executive 
Directors. As at the year end, the Board comprised five 
men (62%) and three women (38%). The Audit Committee 
currently has 50% female representation, while the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committees have 40%. 
Appointments to the Board are made solely on merit without 
any discrimination relating to age, gender or any other matter 
that has no bearing on an individual’s ability to fulfil the role 
of Director or to contribute to the success of the Group. 
However, the Board also recognises that having Directors 
with varied backgrounds, experiences and approaches is 
critical to creating an effective and balanced Board that more 
accurately reflects the range of the Company’s employees 
and customers, and is therefore a relevant consideration 
when establishing the selection criteria for candidates 
potentially joining the Board. Although some of the 
recommendations do not technically apply to the Company 
due to its size, the Board remains mindful of the aims of 
the FTSE Women Leaders review and the Parker review 
on female and ethnic representation respectively. 
In January 2023, the Board approved a new Board Diversity 
Policy to supplement existing practice and the all-staff 
Equality and Diversity Policy, which will help guide future 
search processes and appointment procedures. Under the 
policy, the Nomination Committee has the discretion to set 
clear targets for diversity of representation, in addition to any 
external requirements that might apply. The Board is also 
mindful of recent changes to the Listing Rules and Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules on Board diversity, which 
will impact formal reporting from next year – there are 
currently no ethnic minority Directors and none of the senior 
positions of Chair, CEO, CFO or SID are held by women. 
The Company is a member of WiHTL Diversity in Hospitality 
Travel & Leisure, a community of businesses devoted to 
increasing diversity and inclusion across the hospitality, travel 
and leisure sectors. Further details on the Board’s and the 
Group’s policies on diversity are contained in the Nomination 
Committee report on page 49 and the Environmental and 
Social report on page 25.
The table below sets out the position of the Group on a 
gender basis as at 1 January 2023:
Male
Female
Board
5 (62%)
3 (38%)
Divisional heads
2 (67%)
1 (33%)
Direct reports to senior managers 1
12 (57%)
9 (43%)
TRG employees
9,042 (50%) 8,920 (50%)
1	 Senior managers defined as the divisional MD/CEOs and the Company 
Secretary, based on applying the Code definition, but excluding the 
Executive Directors.
Colleague engagement
The Group’s aim is to create great places to work that 
attract and retain the best industry talent and we believe 
that wider colleague engagement is an essential part of 
this. Since 2019, a designated Non-Executive Director has 
been assigned to provide colleagues across all brands the 
opportunity to engage directly with a representative from 
the Board. Zoe Morgan is currently the designated Non-
Executive Director responsible for colleague engagement 
and diversity & inclusion (D&I) and in 2020 set up the 
Colleague Engagement Steering Group to steer the 
implementation of colleague engagement across all our 
divisions. The Steering Group comprises the Directors/
Heads of People from Wagamama, Pubs, and Leisure 
and Concessions, and is chaired by Zoe. The Steering 
Group meets three times per year to discuss opportunities, 
successes, and future engagement strategies to support 
cross-functional working and best practice.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
38

In 2022, the Steering Group ran a comprehensive colleague 
engagement survey across the entire Group, the results of 
which were formally reported to the Board and discussed at 
length in January 2023. The survey consisted of five core 
questions common to each division plus additional questions 
tailored separately for each brand, depending on its focus 
and individual engagement strategies. The engagement rates 
were improved compared to 2021, with a response rate of 
over 70%, and positive responses to all key questions. Each 
division recorded an increased proportion from the previous 
year of colleagues agreeing they were proud to work for their 
division, totalling over 70% across the Group.
The Steering Group also reviewed the Group’s position 
on diversity and agreed to align each division’s reporting 
methods more closely in order to allow for a more accurate 
and consistent understanding of diversity issues across 
the Group. A core set of diversity data metrics, focusing 
in particular on ethnicity, gender and disability, along with 
data capture principles, was agreed in order to have a 
fuller picture for presentation to the Board in 2023.
Environment and sustainability
The Board acknowledges its responsibility to minimise 
the Group’s impact on the environment and supports and 
promotes efforts to reduce the Group’s energy consumption 
and carbon emissions, water usage and waste. The Board 
receives regular ESG updates from the Preserving the Future 
Programme, whose steering committee is chaired by the 
CEO. For 2022, as required by the Listing Rules, we are also 
providing disclosures in line with the reporting framework 
of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD). Our TCFD disclosures, as well as details of our 
environmental policies and practices, and our commitment 
to sustainable and ethical sourcing, are contained in the 
Environmental and Social report on pages 18 to 34.
Annual re-election
In accordance with the Code, having been appointed by 
the Board since the last Annual General Meeting, Loraine 
Woodhouse will be subject to election by shareholders at 
the AGM in May 2023. All other Directors are subject to 
re-election annually. 
Director induction
Loraine Woodhouse was provided with a comprehensive 
induction on appointment, including:
•	 Briefings by the Executive Directors
•	 Meetings with the CEOs/MDs of each division
•	 Induction from the Company Secretary on Group 
structure, corporate governance, Board and Committee 
meetings and Directors’ duties
•	 Meetings with various senior managers and operational 
heads
•	 Visits to the Group’s operations including various 
restaurants and pubs to witness the operations first-hand
•	 Where appropriate, meetings with shareholders and 
Company advisers
Each Director’s induction is tailored to their experience and 
background with the aim of enhancing their understanding 
of the Group’s business, its brands, employees, shareholders, 
suppliers, advisers and processes, and the Board’s role in 
setting the tone of the culture and governance standards.
Director training and development
The Company acknowledges the importance of developing 
the skills of Directors to run an effective Board. To assist in 
this, Directors are given the opportunity to attend relevant 
courses and seminars to acquire additional skills and 
experience to enhance their contribution to the ongoing 
progress of the Group. Presentations by external advisers 
and internal specialists are also given at Board meetings 
on specific regulatory and governance topics. In 2022, for 
example, a presentation was given on upcoming changes 
to audit, corporate reporting and corporate governance 
by EY at the December 2022 meeting.
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 39
Governance

Corporate Governance report continued
Board evaluation
Provision 21 of the Code states that there should be a 
formal and rigorous annual evaluation of the performance of 
the Board, its Committees, the Chair and individual Directors. 
For FTSE 350 companies, an externally facilitated review 
is required every three years. As we announced last year, 
the planned three-year review was “deferred” in 2021 in 
light of the change in Board Chair at the beginning of 2022.
An externally facilitated Board evaluation was conducted 
in the last quarter of 2022 by Independent Board Evaluation. 
IBE conducted a series of interviews with each Director and 
the Company Secretary in November and December 2022 
and attended the Board and the Audit and Remuneration 
Committee meetings held in December. The key results 
of the evaluation were presented to the Board meeting 
in January 2023, with additional reports on specific points 
relevant to them being circulated to the Chair, the Senior 
Independent Director and individual Committee Chairs 
respectively.
The review confirmed that the Board and its Committees 
were working well. Principal recommendations included:
•	 In view of the fact that the Board had a relatively small 
number of Non-Executive Directors, they should all be on 
every Committee (Nomination, Audit and Remuneration)
•	 Increased reporting to the Board on ESG
•	 Minor housekeeping issues such as the scheduling 
and frequency of meetings and the attendees
An action plan based on the evaluation recommendations 
was presented to the Board in March 2023, with actions 
to be tracked and reported on throughout the year.
Independent Board Evaluation have no connection 
with the Company or any individual Director.
Individual Director appraisal process
Individual performance evaluations of all members of 
the Board are carried out by the following individuals:
Director
Appraiser
Chair
Reviewed by the Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors excluding 
the Chair, with feedback facilitated 
by the Senior Independent Director
Chief Executive 
Officer
Reviewed by all the Non-Executive 
Directors, with feedback facilitated 
by the Chair
Chief Financial 
Officer
Reviewed by the Chief Executive 
Officer and all the Non-Executive 
Directors, with feedback facilitated by 
the Chief Executive Officer and Chair
Non-Executive 
Directors
Reviewed by the Executive Directors 
and by their Non-Executive Director 
peers, with feedback collated and 
given by the Chair
Risk management
The Board has ultimate responsibility for ensuring that 
business risks are effectively identified and appropriately 
mitigated. The Board has delegated regular review of the 
risk management procedures to the Audit Committee and 
collectively reviews the overall risk environment on an annual 
basis, which includes the principal risks and mitigation plans 
as set out on page 70. The day-to-day management of 
business risks is the responsibility of the senior management 
team and individual divisions, as overseen by the Risk 
Committee. For the report of the Risk Committee and a 
description of the Group’s key risks, see pages 69 to 70.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
40

Remuneration
For information on remuneration, see the Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 50 to 66.
Board decision-making
The Board is required to act in the way it considers would 
be most likely to promote the success of the Company for 
the benefit of its members as a whole, and in so doing, have 
regard to the interests of certain stakeholders and the other 
matters set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
For information on the Board’s decision-making see the 
section 172 statement on pages 16 and 17.
Relations with shareholders
Board engagement with shareholders
Communications with shareholders are given high priority. 
There is regular dialogue with institutional investors including 
presentations after the Company’s year-end and interim 
results announcements. A programme of meetings takes 
place throughout the year with major institutional shareholders, 
with both Executive Directors attending, with a follow-up 
meeting offered by the Chair. Private shareholders have 
the opportunity to meet the Board face-to-face and ask 
questions at the AGM.
Board shareholder updates
Feedback from major institutional shareholders is provided 
to the Board on a regular basis and, where appropriate, 
the Board takes steps to address their suggestions, 
concerns and recommendations.
Electronic shareholder communications
As part of the Company’s commitment to reducing its impact 
on the environment, we ask shareholders to elect to view our 
annual reports, notices of meeting and other shareholder 
documentation online, rather than in paper form, although 
shareholders retain the right to ask to receive hard copy 
shareholder communications by post if they so wish. We 
intend to write to shareholders later in the year to encourage 
more to switch to fully paperless communications. For this 
year’s AGM, rather than personalised Forms of Proxy being 
distributed to every shareholder, those who have already 
elected to view documents online will now receive 
notifications explaining how to vote online.
Directors’ shareholdings
For details of Directors’ shareholdings, remuneration and 
interests in the Company’s shares and options, together 
with information on Directors’ service contracts, see pages 
52 to 59 of the Directors’ remuneration report.
Annual General Meeting
The AGM is an opportunity for shareholders to vote on 
certain aspects of Group business and provides a useful 
forum for communication with private shareholders. At the 
AGM shareholders receive presentations on the Company’s 
performance and may ask questions of the Board. The Chair 
seeks to ensure that all Directors attend and that the Chairs 
of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees 
answer relevant questions at the meeting.
The 2023 AGM will be held on 23 May 2023 at 11:00 a.m. 
at the Group’s Head Office at 5-7 Marshalsea Road, London 
SE1 1EP. The Notice convening this meeting will be posted 
to shareholders on March 31, along with Notices of 
Availability or Proxy forms (as relevant) and shareholder 
vouchers, and will be made available at the same time at 
www.trgplc.com/investors/reports-and-presentations.
By order of the Board.
Ken Hanna
Chairman
7 March 2023
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 
41
Governance

Board of Directors
as at 7 March 2023
Ken Hanna	
 N    R  
Non-Executive Chairman
Appointed: 1 December 2021 (as Non-Executive Director) 
and Chairman with effect from 1 January 2022
Ken is an experienced Chair who brings a wealth of relevant 
business experience from both his Executive and Non-Executive 
careers. His Executive career has included the roles of Chief 
Financial Officer of Avis Europe plc, Chief Financial Officer of 
United Distillers plc, Chief Financial Officer of Sygen International 
plc, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer of Dalgety 
plc, and Chief Financial Officer of Cadbury plc. Since embarking 
on a Non-Executive career over 15 years ago, Ken’s roles have 
included Non-Executive Director of Tesco plc, and Chair of 
Inchcape plc, Shooting Star Chase, Aggreko plc, RMD Kwikform, 
and Arena Events Group plc.
Andy Hornby
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed: 1 August 2019
Andy is an experienced Chief Executive, with strong consumer and 
digital credentials. He was previously Co Chief Operating Officer of 
GVC Holdings plc (“GVC”). After joining Gala Coral in 2011, he was 
successively Chief Executive of Coral, Chief Operating Officer of 
Gala Coral, Chief Operating Officer of Ladbrokes Coral (following 
the merger with Ladbrokes in 2016) and Co Chief Operating Officer 
of GVC (following the purchase by GVC in 2018).
Prior to joining Gala Coral, Andy was Group Chief Executive of 
Alliance Boots from 2009 to 2011, having previously held positions as 
Chief Executive of Halifax Retail, Chief Executive Officer of the Retail 
Division of HBOS plc, Chief Operating Officer of HBOS plc and then 
Chief Executive of HBOS plc from 2006 to the end of 2008. Earlier 
in his career Andy held a range of roles at Asda, the supermarket 
retailer, including Retail Managing Director and Managing Director 
of George clothing. Andy is also Non-Executive Chair of Sharps 
Bedrooms and a Trustee of the charity Only A Pavement Away.
Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed: 5 February 2018
Kirk has extensive finance experience within listed leisure and retail 
businesses and was previously Chief Financial Officer at Greene 
King plc for three years. Prior to that he was Finance Director at 
J D Wetherspoon plc, and he has also held senior finance roles 
at Tesco plc and Marks & Spencer plc. He is a member of the 
Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.
Graham Clemett	
 A    N    R
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: 1 June 2016
Graham is currently Chief Executive Officer of Workspace Group 
plc. He previously held roles as Finance Director for UK Corporate 
Banking at RBS Group plc and as Group Financial Controller at 
Reuters plc. He qualified as a chartered accountant with KPMG.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
42

Zoe Morgan	
 A    N    R
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: 1 January 2020
Zoe is an experienced marketeer and Non-Executive Director. 
She has been Marketing Director of a number of retail, consumer 
and food businesses including Boots and the Co-operative Group. 
She has also been co-founder of a number of start-up businesses. 
She has a strong marketing background in multi-site, retail 
businesses, with a broad skill set in strategy, brand management 
and CRM. She has previously held a number of NED roles, including 
at Finsbury plc, a leading speciality bakery manufacturer, and Moss 
Bros Group plc, and chaired the Remuneration Committees of both 
organisations. She is currently a Non-Executive Director at Dogtooth 
Technologies Ltd and Amicable.
Zoe is the designated workforce engagement Director.
Alex Gersh	
 A    N    R
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: 23 February 2021
Alex is currently the Chief Financial Officer of Paysafe Group, 
a specialised payments platform. Prior to that, he was Chief 
Financial Officer of Sportradar, a global leader in leveraging 
the power of sports data and digital content, and before then, 
Chief Financial Officer of the online car sales business, Cazoo. 
He is an experienced listed business Chief Financial Officer and 
was previously Chief Financial Officer of the FTSE 100 listed 
business Paddy Power Betfair Group, where he played a key 
role in the merger of Betfair with Paddy Power plc and in driving 
the subsequent success of the combined business.
From 2018 to 2020, Alex was a Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the Audit Committee at Moss Bros plc, until the business 
was delisted in June 2020. From 2007 to 2013, Alex was a 
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committee 
at Black Earth Farming Ltd, an agricultural company listed on 
NASDAQ OMX (Stockholm). He is a Certified Public Accountant.
Loraine Woodhouse	
 A    N    R
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: 4 July 2022
Loraine is currently a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit 
Committee at The British Land Company plc, and a Non-Executive 
Director at Pennon Group plc, Bristol Water plc and South West 
Water Limited. From November 2018 to June 2022, she was 
Chief Financial Officer at Halfords Group plc. Before joining 
Halfords, she spent five years in senior finance roles at the 
John Lewis Partnership, including as Finance Director of Waitrose. 
Prior to that, Loraine was Chief Financial Officer at Hobbs, Finance 
Director of Capital Shopping Centres Limited (subsequently Intu plc), 
and Finance Director of Costa Coffee Limited.
 A   Member of the Audit Committee
 N   Member of the Nomination Committee
 R   Member of the Remuneration Committee
  Committee Chair
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 43
Governance

Audit Committee report
Alex Gersh
Chair of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board and is 
responsible for monitoring and reviewing the integrity of the 
Company’s financial reporting in advance of its consideration 
by the Board, reviewing the adequacy of the Company’s 
internal controls and risk management systems, and making 
recommendations to the Board in relation to the External 
Auditor.
Membership and meetings
The current members of the Committee are Alex Gersh 
(Chair), Graham Clemett, Zoe Morgan and Loraine 
Woodhouse. Graham Clemett chaired the Committee 
until 24 May 2022, when he was succeeded by Alex Gersh. 
Loraine Woodhouse joined the Committee on her appointment 
to the Board in July 2022, while Zoe Morgan joined in 
December 2022. Alison Digges was a member of the 
Committee until 2 January 2023. The Committee met 
three times during the year, with all members in post 
at the time attending each meeting.
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
the Board confirms that it considers that Alex Gersh has 
significant, recent and relevant financial experience based on 
his current role as CFO at Paysafe Group and previous CFO 
roles at Sportradar, Cazoo and Paddy Power Betfair Group. 
Biographies of all Committee members, including a summary 
of their experience, appear on pages 42 to 43.
The Board reviews the composition of the Committee on 
an ongoing basis to ensure that it remains appropriate for 
its role and responsibilities and provides sufficient scrutiny 
of financial reporting, risk management, internal controls 
and external audit.
The Committee regularly invites the External Audit lead 
partner, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer 
and the Chief Financial Officer to its meetings, as well as 
representatives from the outsourced Internal Audit function. 
The Committee meets privately with the External Auditor 
at least annually and liaises with Company management 
in considering areas for review.
Since 1 January 2023, there has been one Audit Committee 
meeting, focused on the review and approval of the Annual 
Report and Accounts. The meeting was attended by all 
four current members of the Audit Committee.
Key responsibilities
The Committee discharges its responsibilities through 
meetings during the year at which detailed reports are 
presented for review. The Committee will also commission 
reports and presentations from external advisers and 
Company management in relation to the Company’s 
major risks, or in response to developing issues.
The Committee’s key responsibilities are to:
•	 Provide assurance regarding the integrity, quality and 
reliability of financial information used by the Board 
and of externally published financial statements
•	 Review the Group’s internal procedures on control 
and compliance for financial reporting to satisfy itself 
that these are adequate and effective
•	 Review the principles, policies and practices adopted 
in the preparation of the Group’s financial statements 
to ensure they comply with statutory requirements 
and UK Adopted International Accounting Standards
•	 Review the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s 
risk management and internal controls, supported by 
the Risk Committee
•	 Receive and review reports from the Group’s External 
Auditor concerning external announcements, in particular 
the Annual Report and Accounts and the Interim Report
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
44

•	 Develop and oversee the Group’s policy regarding the 
external audit process, review the External Auditor’s 
independence, review the provision of non-audit services 
they provide and approve their remuneration
•	 Review the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements 
under which employees can confidentially raise concerns 
about possible improprieties in financial reporting or 
other matters, to ensure there are proportionate and 
independent procedures in place and review the 
operational effectiveness of the Group’s policies 
and procedures for detecting fraud or illegal acts
•	 Consider any other matter that is brought to its attention 
by the Board or the External Auditor, or any other matter 
falling within its remit that the Committee itself determines 
should be considered and make recommendations as 
appropriate
2022 Committee activities
The Committee is required by its terms of reference to 
meet at least three times a year. During 2022, the Committee 
held three meetings and discharged its responsibilities under 
the following categories:
Financial and narrative reporting
•	 Reviewed the full year and interim results and associated 
announcements, challenging the significant estimates and 
judgements made by management in their preparation
•	 Considered whether, taken as a whole, the Annual Report 
and Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable 
and whether they provided the necessary information 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy (including 
consideration of the appropriate use of alternative 
performance measures)
•	 Reviewed the suitability of the Group’s accounting policies 
and practices, reflecting on the prior-year restatement 
recorded in the current year’s financial statements and 
its causes
•	 Discussed the Group’s long-term viability and going 
concern statements, assessing the challenges posed 
by the External Auditor and the appropriateness of 
management’s response
External audit
•	 Received the External Auditor’s report on the Annual 
Report and Accounts and Interim Report process and 
discussed the 2022 year-end audit
•	 Considered the scope and cost of external audit, 
questioning the Auditor’s proposed approach to the audit 
and the cost implications of changes in the current year
•	 Considered the effectiveness of the external audit process 
and agreed a questionnaire for completion by Committee 
members and key management following the completion 
of the 2022 audit
•	 Discussed the Directors’ representation letter to the 
External Auditor, considering the specific representations 
included within the letter and the Directors’ ability to 
provide the related representations
•	 Discussed the non-audit work carried out by the External 
Auditor and its impact on safeguarding audit 
independence, noting that only minimal non-audit services 
were performed in the current year
Internal control and risk management
•	 Received reports from the Risk Committee Chair and 
reviewed the Group key risks and Risk Committee minutes
•	 Reviewed the Group’s internal controls and risk 
management systems
•	 Reviewed and considered the Internal Audit Charter
•	 Received full reports and progress updates from the 
Internal Audit function
•	 Received a cybersecurity update from the Chief 
Information Officer, which reported in detail on the 
current risk position, and challenged progress against 
the plans to enhance the Group’s controls in this area
Compliance, whistleblowing and fraud
•	 Reviewed the Whistleblowing Policy and the effectiveness 
of the Company’s whistleblowing arrangements and 
received a report on whistleblowing activity
•	 Reviewed the Company’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption 
Policy, determining it to be appropriate and reapproving it
Other
•	 Received a Treasury update and reviewed the Company’s 
Treasury policy
•	 Reviewed and recommended for approval the Company’s 
Annual Tax Strategy statement 
•	 Reviewed and recommended minor updates to 
the Committee terms of reference
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 45
Governance

Audit Committee report continued
Significant financial judgements
In recommending the Annual Report and Accounts to the Board for approval, the Committee commissioned and reviewed 
reports into the accounting and disclosure of the following key accounting matters:
Matter considered
Action taken by the Committee
Impairment of property, 
plant and equipment 
The Committee reviewed the proposals prepared by management setting out their approach 
and challenged the key judgements made relating to both impairment and reversals of 
impairments previously booked. The key judgements related to forecast sales performance, 
allocation of central costs and discount rates. In addition, these judgements and disclosures 
were reviewed with the External Auditor.
Segmental disclosure
In December 2022, the Committee reviewed a paper prepared by management on segmental 
reporting and management’s proposal to continue to aggregate results into one reportable 
segment for the Group, in line with industry practice. In particular, the Directors considered 
the expected near-term performance of the Leisure division during the cost-of-living crisis and 
the longer-term projections when considering the planned restructuring of the division during 
2023 and 2024. Management presented and the Directors concluded that the long-term 
economic prospects of the Leisure division post-restructuring were similar to that of the other 
trading divisions within the Group and therefore it was appropriate to aggregate the results. 
Management updated the disclosure note detailing the judgement taken in the current year, 
which the Committee supported while requesting that the current approach and disclosure 
be kept under review.
Going concern
The Committee, alongside the wider Board, reviewed the base, stress and reverse stress case 
financial forecasts with management, with reference to the current loan facilities. This included 
cash flows and forecast covenant calculations for the Group. The Committee discussed the 
assessment by management with the External Auditor. The Committee agreed with 
management’s assessment.
Exceptional items
Management presented a paper to the Committee covering the details of all costs classified in 
the accounts as exceptional in the year. This covered both the calculation of relevant amounts, 
as well as the rationale for separating them from the underlying trading of the business. 
These costs were reviewed and discussed with management and with the External Auditor.
Alternative Performance 
Measures (APMs)
Management presented a paper to the Committee in December 2022 covering the rationale 
for the Group‘s current use of APMs. In response to questions from Committee members, 
management agreed to keep the position under review and to monitor which measures 
were used by industry peers. 
Property-related 
provisions
The Committee received a paper from management regarding the movement in the Group’s 
property-related provisions (including those relating to closed and loss-making sites) due 
to the material nature of the change and the categorisation as exceptional. The Committee 
paid particular attention to the completeness of the calculations, the appropriateness of 
costs included within the provision, the significant changes in the balances relating to each 
site, and the rationale for the movement. This was discussed with management and with 
the External Auditor.
Useful economic life of 
the Wagamama brand
The Committee reviewed a management paper on the appropriateness of continuing to treat 
Wagamama as having an indefinite useful economic life, based on an analysis of current trends 
in the casual dining market, Wagamama’s current brand position and long-term expectations 
and investment plans. The Committee agreed that the determination remained valid.
No unresolved issues remain from the Committee’s consideration of these matters.
Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee carried out an assessment of whether the 
Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, were fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy. 
This assessment included a review for consistency 
of the narrative reporting and the financial statements 
and forms the basis of the advice given by the Committee 
to the Board to assist them in making this statement.
Long-term viability and going concern statements
The Committee considered, with reference to a detailed 
management paper, the Group’s going concern and 
long-term viability statements. The factors used when 
assessing the Group’s viability for the next three years, 
together with the statement, are set out, above.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
46

External audit
The Committee has primary responsibility for overseeing the 
relationship with, and performance of, the External Auditor. 
Annually the Committee undertakes a review of the 
objectivity and effectiveness of the audit process.
Auditor effectiveness
When considering the effectiveness of the External Auditor, 
the Committee takes account of:
•	 The findings set out in the FRC’s Audit Quality Review 
team’s public reports on audit firms
•	 Any specific observations on the audit of the Company 
arising from the FRC
•	 The quality of challenge and insight of the External Auditor 
in their handling of the key accounting and audit 
judgements
•	 The arrangements for ensuring the independence and 
objectivity of the External Auditor
•	 The External Auditor’s fulfilment of the agreed audit plan
•	 The ability of the External Auditor to add value through 
observations from the audit process and interactions 
with the Company’s management
•	 The External Auditor’s conclusions with regard to 
management and control processes
It is the Directors’ intention to recommend the reappointment 
of Ernst & Young LLP (EY) to shareholders at the Annual 
General Meeting in May 2023. If appointed, EY will hold 
office until the conclusion of the next Annual General 
Meeting at which accounts are laid.
Auditor independence
EY were appointed in November 2018, following a tender 
process as outlined in the 2018 Annual Report, such that this 
is the fifth year auditing the Group’s Annual Report. Starting 
with the 2022 audit, Julie Carlyle has replaced Bob Forsyth 
as the lead audit partner. 
To ensure the External Auditor remains independent the 
Committee considers the following:
•	 The External Auditor’s plan for the current year, noting 
the role of the external audit lead partner and their length 
of tenure
•	 The arrangements for day-to-day management of 
the external audit relationship
•	 A report from the External Auditor describing 
its arrangements to identify, report and manage 
any independence matters or conflicts of interest
•	 The overall extent of non-audit services provided by the 
External Auditor, in addition to its case-by-case approval of 
the provision of non-audit services by the External Auditor
Non-audit work and pre-approval policy
The Company has a non-audit work policy in place which 
was updated and approved at the December 2020 Audit 
Committee meeting, following the changes implemented 
in the Revised Ethical Standard 2019 issued by the FRC, 
and last reviewed and reapproved in December 2022.
The services that can be provided by the Auditor are 
restricted to a specific “whitelist” of services closely linked 
to the audit or regulatory work. In line with the requirements 
of the Revised Ethical Standard, the External Auditor would 
only be appointed to perform a non-audit service when it is 
consistent with the requirements and overarching principles 
of the Standard, and when its skills and experience make 
it the most appropriate supplier. The revised policy also 
requires prior approval from the Audit Committee prior 
to any non-audit services being conducted.
The Committee aims to minimise non-audit fees as far 
as is possible and practicable. To safeguard objectivity 
and independence the Committee also assesses whether 
any such fees are appropriate. The priority is to ensure 
that an effective, high-quality audit can be conducted 
and independence maintained.
For the specific reasons detailed and explained in last year’s 
Annual Report, non-audit fees were relatively high in 2021, 
however for this year, they returned to more normal levels, 
with an audit fee to non-audit fee ratio of 1:0.1 (2021: 1:1.4), 
primarily related to the half-year review. The Committee 
receives updates on the level of fees from the Auditor twice 
per year.
Internal controls and risk management
Internal audit function
The Group’s Internal Audit function is provided externally 
by PwC. The Committee keeps the scope of the Group’s 
internal control activity under regular review, meeting with 
PwC to agree the annual scope of work and to review its 
execution. In the year, the Audit Committee discussed the 
appropriate strategy for Internal Audit and received reports 
from PwC on the Group’s process for business continuity 
management, key supplier contract management and IT 
general controls. Management and the Committee are 
monitoring the implementation of all recommended actions. 
Risk Committee
The Audit Committee received regular reports on the activities 
of the Risk Committee during 2022 and reviewed and 
commented on the Group’s Key Risks as identified through 
the risk process. For further details on the membership, 
roles and responsibilities of the Risk Committee, see page 
69. The Group’s principal risk factors are set out on page 70.
Committee effectiveness review
An externally managed Board and Committee evaluation 
was conducted in December 2022. A summary of the 
recommendations can be found on page 40 of the Corporate 
Governance report.
On behalf of the Audit Committee.
Alex Gersh
Chair of the Audit Committee
7 March 2023
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 47
Governance

Nomination Committee report
Ken Hanna
Chair of the Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee, which is appointed by 
the Board, makes recommendations to the Board for 
the appointment of additional or replacement Directors 
and also holds responsibility for guiding succession 
planning for the Group. 
Currently, the Committee comprises five Non-Executive 
Directors: the Committee Chair, Ken Hanna, along with 
Graham Clemett, Alex Gersh, Zoe Morgan and Loraine 
Woodhouse. Alison Digges was a member of the Committee 
until her departure from the Board on 2 January 2023.
Biographies of all Committee members, including a summary 
of their experience, appear on pages 42 to 43.
The Nomination Committee met four times during the year. 
All members were present at all four meetings, other than 
one ad hoc meeting, which Graham Clemett and Alex Gersh 
were not able to attend.
Key responsibilities
The Committee discharges its responsibilities through regular 
meetings during the year. Its key responsibilities are to:
•	 Review the structure, size, composition (including the skills, 
knowledge, experience and diversity) and effectiveness of 
the Board and its Committees, and make recommendations 
for any changes
•	 Give full consideration to succession planning for Directors 
and the executive leadership of the Group
•	 Recommend Directors for annual re-election
•	 Make recommendations for new Director appointments 
to the Board
•	 Make recommendations for appointments to the Board’s 
Committees
2022 Committee activities
The Committee is required by its terms of reference to 
meet at least twice a year. During 2022, the Committee 
held four meetings and considered the following matters:
•	 The structure and skill set of the Board, including its 
diversity of composition, skills, thinking and approach and 
its succession needs, particularly in the light of upcoming 
changes to diversity requirements in the Listing Rules and 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules
•	 The appointment of Alex Gersh to the role of Audit 
Committee Chair from the May 2022 AGM
•	 The reappointment of Graham Clemett as a Non-
Executive Director and Senior Independent Director 
as from 1 June 2022
•	 The recruitment, appointment and induction of Loraine 
Woodhouse, who joined the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director on 4 July 2022
•	 The appointment of Zoe Morgan to the Audit Committee 
as from 7 December 2022
•	 The appointment of Loraine Woodhouse to the 
Remuneration Committee as from 7 December 2022;
•	 The appointment of Alex Gersh to the Remuneration 
Committee as from 7 December 2022
•	 The reappointment of Zoe Morgan as a Non-Executive 
Director, Chair of the Remuneration Committee and 
Director with responsibility for colleague engagement, 
as from 1 January 2023
Effectiveness of the Committee
An externally managed Board and Committee evaluation was 
conducted in December 2022. Details of the overall outcome 
and conclusions of the Board Evaluation report, and forward 
action points, can be found in the Corporate Governance 
report on page 40.
Board changes during the year
Full details of changes to the composition of the Board 
and its Committees during the year can be found in the 
Corporate Governance report on page 37.
Non-Executive Director recruitment
The Company engaged executive search consultants, 
Lygon Group, to assist in the recruitment of a new Non-
Executive Director. Following an extensive search, and 
recommendation by the Committee, the Board approved 
the appointment of Loraine Woodhouse as a Non-Executive 
Director with effect from 4 July 2022. On her appointment, 
Loraine became a member of the Audit and Nomination 
Committees, subsequently also joining the Remuneration 
Committee.
Lygon Group has no other connection with the Company.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
48

Succession planning
The Nomination Committee keeps under review the skill 
set and tenure of Non-Executive Directors to ensure the 
appropriate mix of skill and independence is maintained 
for the Board and its Committees. The Committee also 
monitors executive succession planning to ensure the 
Company has a strong leadership pipeline.
Board and senior management diversity
The Board as a whole is committed to promoting 
inclusion across the Company and recognises that a 
Board composed of Directors with diverse backgrounds, 
experiences and perspectives, as well as diverse personal 
and cognitive attributes, performs its oversight functions 
more effectively and has a positive impact on the 
performance of the Group. 
Accordingly, the Committee keeps the tenure, qualifications 
and backgrounds of the Company’s Executive and Non-
Executive Directors under review to ensure the Board and 
senior management both have an appropriate mix of skills, 
experience and knowledge and have members from diverse 
backgrounds, including in terms of their gender and their 
educational, professional and socioeconomic backgrounds. 
The Committee’s terms of reference explicitly require it to 
consider the need to ensure a diverse and inclusive 
leadership team, including among the Company’s Directors.
From 4 July 2022 to the end of the reporting year, following 
the appointment of Loraine Woodhouse as a Director, 
the Board comprised five males (62.5%) and three females 
(37.5%), meeting the target previously recommended by 
the Hampton-Alexander review for FTSE 350 companies. 
Although the Company is currently outside the FTSE 350, 
the Committee continues to be mindful of the latest 
recommendations of both the FTSE Women Leaders’ 
review and the Parker review on ethnic diversity in 
terms of representation on the Board and in other 
leadership positions.
From next year, the Company will be required to report 
against the updated Listing Rules relating to female 
and ethnic minority representation on the Board, and the 
Committee will keep the “comply or explain” targets set 
out in Listing Rule 9 in mind when considering and reviewing 
the composition of the Board. The Committee recommended 
the adoption of a new Board Diversity Policy in January 
2023, which was approved by the Board the same month 
and will be applied by the Company going forward.
Further details on the Group’s wider policy on diversity 
are included in the Corporate Governance report on page 
38 and the Environmental and Social report on page 25.
Annual re-election of Directors
As required by the Code, all Directors are subject to 
annual re-election.
Committee governance
Terms of reference
The full terms of reference are available on the Company’s 
website at www.trgplc.com/investors/corporate-
governance. These were most recently reviewed and 
updated by the Committee and the Board in January 2023.
On behalf of the Nomination Committee.
Ken Hanna
Chair of the Nomination Committee
7 March 2023
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 49
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report
Zoe Morgan
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Directors’ remuneration report 
for the year ended 1 January 2023. As at 7 March 2023, 
the Remuneration Committee (the “Committee”) consists 
of myself as Chair, Ken Hanna, Graham Clemett, Alex 
Gersh and Loraine Woodhouse. Loraine and Alex became 
members on 7 December 2022, to ensure that all Non-
Executive Directors could play a part in the Company’s 
remuneration decisions. Alison Digges, who departed the 
Board on 2 January 2023, was a member throughout 2022.
The Committee met five times in total during the course of 
2022, and all Directors who were members at the relevant 
time attended each meeting. Towards the end of the year, 
the performance of the Committee was assessed as part 
of the wider externally facilitated Board review.
As usual, the annual statement and annual report on 
remuneration, which provide details of the remuneration 
earned by Directors in the year and the remuneration 
decisions planned for the 2023 financial year, will be 
subject to an advisory shareholder vote at this year’s 
AGM on 23 May 2023.
In addition, as the Company’s Remuneration Policy was last 
amended and approved in October 2020, we will be asking 
for shareholder approval for an update to that policy at the 
2023 AGM. The intention is only to make limited changes to 
align our policy with current best practice, further details of 
which are provided at the end of this Remuneration report. 
As is normal practice, we undertook a consultation with 
major shareholders ahead of finalising the new policy, 
reaching around 60% of our shareholder base. We have 
taken the feedback received on board.
The Company will also be asking for shareholder approval 
of proposed new rules for the Deferred Bonus Scheme that 
applies to the Executive Directors and of the renewal of 
the Company’s employee Save As You Earn share scheme, 
which is otherwise due to expire.
I am mindful of the significant minority vote against the 
Directors’ remuneration report for the 2021 financial year 
at last year’s AGM on 24 May 2022. One significant reason 
for that vote was the payment of a bonus – albeit at a level 
reduced by the application of discretion by the Committee – 
given the Group’s receipt of furlough support in 2021. 
No equivalent payments were accepted in 2022, so we 
consider this should no longer be an issue of concern 
for investors. We have also acted to equalise the pension 
contribution received by the CFO with the rate received by 
staff and have committed to RSP awards set at a maximum 
of 100% of salary (that is, below the maximum permitted 
under the policy).
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
50

Remuneration in 2022
Although this year saw the business emerge from the Covid 
pandemic in a relatively strong position, particularly in terms 
of the strengths of our brands, trading in the hospitality and 
restaurant sector continued to be difficult, given the impact 
of increased energy and other input costs and pressures 
on consumer spending. As a result, payouts against the 
targets set for both long-term and short-term variable pay 
were limited. 
The following outcomes for Executive Director pay were 
recorded during the year:
•	 The Committee adopted a blended approach for the 2022 
pay awards, determining that higher earners in the Company 
would receive an approximate 2.5% pay increase, with 
staff in Head Office receiving an average 3% increase. 
As a result, the Chief Executive Officer’s salary increased 
by 2.4% as from April 2022, and the Chief Financial 
Officer’s by 2.46%. No salary waivers were in effect 
at any point in 2022.
•	 The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
achieved modest bonuses of 12.7% of the maximum 
potential. As previously reported, last year the Committee 
exercised its discretion to reduce the 2021 annual bonus 
by 40% of maximum due to the Company’s receipt of 
government support, while no bonus was paid in respect 
of the 2020 and 2019 financial years. As usual, 50% of 
any bonus paid out is required to be deferred into shares, 
with a three-year holding requirement.
•	 No payouts were made under the 2019 LTIP awards, 
which were due to vest in March 2022, as neither of 
the performance conditions were met.
•	 The 2022 Restricted Share Plan grant was discounted 
by approximately 20% to recognise the fall in the share 
price relative to the prior year.
As the Committee considered performance in 2022, it 
recognised no annual bonus was due on the financial 
element but was impressed with progress on the ESG 
agenda, and so, unlike the previous year, when negative 
discretion was applied, it did not exercise any discretion 
in 2022 on remuneration outcomes. With the end of the 
government’s furlough scheme, and the absence of any 
other significant unexpected events during the year or 
the risk of windfall gains of any sort, it was determined 
that variable pay outcomes should follow the targets set 
on award. 
The 2019 LTIP awards lapsed without vesting, while the 2020 
RSP awards are not due to vest until October 2023, and the 
disclosed underpins will be considered nearer to that time. 
As a result, there were no vestings of long-term share awards 
where a decision on the application of Committee discretion 
was required.
Non-Executive Directors were awarded a 2.6% fee increase 
to their base Director fees from 1 April 2022, with no change 
to the Committee chair/SID fees. Due to having been recently 
recruited, the Chair was not considered for a fee increase as 
part of the 2022 pay review.
Remuneration for 2023
A 2.5% salary increase has been awarded to the Executive 
Directors (effective 1 April 2023), which is below both general 
inflation and the 4.5% average awarded to the head office 
team. Salary increases for non-managerial staff in restaurants 
and pubs are determined in line with changes to the National 
Minimum and National Living Wage levels, which are due to 
increase by between 9.7% and 10.9% in April 2023.
Fees for the Chair and the other Non-Executive Directors 
have also been increased by 2.5%.
In order to ensure full compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Chief Financial Officer’s pension 
contribution rate has been aligned with the average for 
colleagues since 1 January 2023, reducing from the 
contracted rate of 20% to 3%.
The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
will again be eligible for a maximum annual bonus for 2023 
of 150% and 135% of salary respectively. Currently, our 
Remuneration Policy permits a maximum of 150% of base 
salary. Given the increased focus on ESG, we considered 
increasing the weighting on strategic ESG priorities for 2023 
and discussed this with our largest shareholders. In light of 
the feedback received, we determined that the ESG 
weighting in the targets for this year should remain at 15% – 
please see page 52. We shall keep the weighting under 
review for coming years.
The Committee also intends to grant Restricted Share Plan 
awards over shares worth up to 100% of salary for each of 
the Executive Directors during 2023. The Committee, again, 
will consider whether to discount the grant level to reflect 
the share price at that point. 
The 2023 awards will be subject to a discretionary underpin 
based on the Group’s underlying performance and delivery 
against its strategy, ensuring that the progress made is 
sufficient to justify the level of vesting having regard to 
such factors as the Committee considers to be appropriate 
in the round. In normal circumstances, such factors will 
include the Company’s financial performance, balance 
sheet strength and performance against environmental, 
social and corporate governance priorities and strategic 
goals set by the Committee from time to time.
I hope that shareholders will agree with how we have dealt 
with executive remuneration and will support the annual 
vote on this report.
Yours faithfully,
Zoe Morgan
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
7 March 2023
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 51
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Annual report on remuneration
Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the 2023 
financial year
Executive Directors’ salaries for the 2023 financial year 
are set out below and will be subject to increase from April:
Basic salary
2022
(from 1 April)
2023
(from 1 April)
Increase
Andy Hornby
£658,000
£674,450
2.5%
Kirk Davis
£386,000
£395,650
2.5%
The increases for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer are in line with the rest of the senior 
management team. The average increase for head office 
colleagues will be 4.5% for the 2023 pay review, with a 
higher average increase applied to colleagues covered 
by the National Living Wage and the National Minimum 
Wage increases.
Pension and benefits
The Chief Executive Officer receives no pension contribution 
and the Chief Financial Officer’s contribution rate, set at 20% 
as negotiated on his recruitment, has now been reduced 
to 3%, to be aligned with the average for all colleagues 
who opt to take a pension. Any new Executive Directors 
will be similarly aligned.
Performance targets for the annual bonus in 2023
For 2023, the annual bonus will be based on a Group 
financial measure of 85% and ESG KPIs of 15% (comprising 
environmental, social and customer measures), and will be 
capped at 150% and 135% of salary for the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer respectively. 
The financial measure will be adjusted profit before tax.1 
As in previous years, the Committee has chosen not to 
disclose, in advance, the financial target as the Committee 
considers it commercially sensitive. However, retrospective 
disclosure in respect of the 2023 target will be provided 
in next year’s report. 
The ESG targets are again based on an equal split between 
energy use reduction, colleague retention and customer 
satisfaction. We look for consistent and sustainable 
improvements in our ESG outcomes, and the targets 
are based on hard metrics, measurable for each division 
on a site-by-site basis and verified by external benchmarks, 
and directly linked to our strategy.
Executive Directors are required to defer 50% of any bonus 
earned into share awards with a three-year vesting period 
under the Deferred Bonus Plan.
Underpin for RSP awards to be granted in 2023
The RSP awards intended to be granted to each of the 
Executive Directors in April 2023 will be over shares worth 
up to 100% of salary. The Committee will, at the time of 
grant, consider whether it is again appropriate to discount 
the 100% level (having reduced the grant level by 20% in 
2022 to reflect the fall in share price since the last grant).
All awards granted in April 2023 will again be subject to 
a discretionary underpin in respect of 100% of the award. 
The Committee will determine its view based on the Group’s 
underlying performance and delivery against its strategy, 
ensuring that the progress made is sufficient to justify 
the level of vesting having regard to such factors as the 
Committee considers to be appropriate in the round. 
In normal circumstances, such factors will include the 
Company’s financial performance, balance sheet strength 
and performance against environmental, social and 
corporate governance priorities and strategic goals 
set by the Committee from time to time.
Non-Executive Directors
As detailed in the Remuneration Policy, the Company’s 
approach to setting Non-Executive Directors’ fees is by 
reference to fees paid at similarly sized companies and 
reflects the time commitment and responsibilities of each 
role. A summary of current fees is as follows:
2022
2023  
(from 1 April)
Increase
Chair
£230,000
£235,750
2.5%
Non-Executive 
Directors’ base fee
£57,650
£59,090
2.5%
Committee Chair/
Senior Independent 
Director fee
£10,000
£10,000
0%
1	 Pre-IFRS 16 and exceptional items.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
52

Remuneration received by Directors (audited)
The table below sets out the remuneration received by the Directors in relation to performance for the financial years ended 
1 January 2023 and 2 January 2022. 
£’000
Fixed pay
Performance-related/variable pay
Total8
Salary  
and fees
Taxable 
benefits 1
Pensions 2 
Sub-total
Annual 
bonus 3
SAYE 
scheme
LTIP 3
RSP 3
Sub-total
Ken Hanna
2022
230 
–
–
230
–
–
–
–
–
230
2021
19
–
–
19
–
–
–
–
–
19
Andy Hornby
2022
654
13
–
667
125
–
–
–
125
792
2021
608
12
–
620
578
–
–
–
578
1,198
Kirk Davis
2022
384
11
77
472
66
–
–
–
66
538
2021
356
11
71
438
271
–
–
–
271
710
Graham Clemett
2022
71
–
–
71
–
–
–
–
–
71
2021
72
–
–
72
–
–
–
–
–
72
Zoe Morgan
2022
67
–
–
67
–
–
–
–
–
67
2021
63
–
–
63
–
–
–
–
–
63
Alex Gersh 4
2022
63
–
–
63
–
–
–
–
–
63
2021
47
–
–
47
–
–
–
–
–
47
Loraine 
Woodhouse5
2022
28
–
–
28
–
–
–
–
–
28
2021
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Former Directors
Alison Digges
2022
57
–
–
57
–
–
–
–
–
57
2021
53
–
–
53
–
–
–
–
–
53
Debbie Hewitt 7
2022
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2021
213
–
–
213
–
–
–
–
–
213
1	 Taxable benefits comprise car allowance (the car allowance is £12,000 per annum for the Chief Executive Officer and £10,000 per annum for the Chief Financial Officer) 
and healthcare. 
2	 The pension payment to the Chief Financial Officer is a salary supplement in lieu of pension contributions. The Chief Executive Officer does not receive a pension 
allowance.
3	 No LTIP awards vested in the 2021 or 2022 financial years. Details of the conditions applicable to their outstanding RSP awards are set out on page 55.
4	 Alex Gersh was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 23 February 2021.
5	 Loraine Woodhouse was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 4 July 2022.
6	 Alison Digges resigned as a Non-Executive Director on 2 January 2023.
7	 Debbie Hewitt resigned on 31 December 2021 and her remuneration is the amount earned up to that date.
8	 The aggregate emoluments (being salary/fees, bonus, benefits and cash allowance in lieu of pension) of all Directors for the year ended 1 January 2023 was £1,847,696 
(2021: £2,375,216).
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 53
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Annual bonus payments for the year ended 1 January 2023 (audited)
The annual bonus for the 2022 financial year for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer was based on Group 
PBTE1 performance (85%) and attainment of specific ESG targets (15%).
A maximum of 85% of the bonus (127.5% of salary and 114.8% of salary respectively) was potentially payable for achievement 
against Group PBTE targets. The table below shows the PBTE targets:
Group 
Adjusted PBTE 
targets 1
CEO
% of salary
CFO
% of salary
< Threshold
0%
0%
Threshold (84% of budget, 25% of maximum) 2
£26.3m
31.9%
28.7%
Target (budget, 50% of maximum) 2
£31.3m
63.8%
57.4%
Maximum (122% of budget) 2
£38.3m
127.5%
114.8%
Outcome
£20.3m
0%
0%
1	 Pre-IFRS 16 and exceptional items
2	 Any bonus would be payable on a straight-line basis if achievement is between threshold and target or between target and maximum pay-out
A maximum of 15% of the bonus (22.5% of salary and 20% of salary respectively) was potentially payable for achievement 
against three separate ESG targets, relating to energy consumption, customer satisfaction and employee turnover 
respectively. These targets were partially met and hence the bonus was paid out at 12.7% out of the 15% (19.1% of salary 
and 17% of salary respectively). These measures were set and assessed site by site at a divisional level, with external metrics 
then applied to verify the outcomes. The Group outturn is based either on the overall achievement or average outcome 
secured across the divisions. The precise measures by division are internal and commercially sensitive.
The energy target was based on a challenge to reduce like-for-like volume consumption by 5% compared to 2019 (the last 
uninterrupted full trading year). Across the Group, in aggregate, this target was met and hence this element of the bonus 
paid out in full. For customer satisfaction, end-of-year ratings from the primary metrics used by each division were taken and 
assessed against a target based on equivalent prior-year scores. Across the Group, this target was hit at an average 4.3% 
out of a potential 5%. The employee retention targets, based on rolling colleague turnover in each division, were reached 
at an average of 3.3% out of the total potential of 5%.
Vesting of LTIP awards in 2022 financial year (audited)
The 2019 LTIP awards have lapsed without vesting and as a result no LTIP awards vested to Executive Directors in the year.
Outstanding share awards
The table below sets out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards (which will vest in future years, subject to 
performance and/or continued service).
Name of Director
Scheme
Granted
Exercised
Lapsed
Adjusted 
Awards as at 
1 January 2023
Exercise price
Date from 
which 
exercisable 4,5
Expiry date
Andy Hornby
2020 RSP 1
1,494,307
–
–
1,511,103 6
0p
12.10.23
12.04.24
2021 RSP 2
496,062
–
–
496,062
0p
12.04.24
12.10.24
2022 RSP 3
776,049
–
–
776,049
0p
21.04.25
21.10.25
2022 SAYE
59,960
–
–
59,960
30.02p
01.12.25
01.06.26
Kirk Davis
2020 RSP 1
876,048
–
–
885,894 6
0p
12.10.23
12.04.24
2021 RSP 2
290,820
–
–
290,820
0p
12.04.24
12.10.24
2022 RSP 3
454,964
–
–
454,964
0p
21.04.25
21.10.25
1	 Details of the conditions applicable to the 2020 RSP awards can be found on page 56 of the 2020 Annual Report.
2	 Details of the conditions applicable to the 2021 RSP awards can be found on page 47 of last year’s Annual Report. 
3	 Details of the conditions applicable to the 2022 RSP awards can be found in the following section.
4	 For Executive Directors, a two-year post vesting holding period applies to all net of tax shares (other than SAYE) together with a 250% of salary share ownership 
guideline. The requirement will continue to apply for two years post-cessation of employment (with such shares valued at the higher of the share price on departure 
and subsequently) unless the Committee exceptionally determines otherwise. To enforce this requirement, vestings from RSP awards will be lodged in escrow until 
sufficient shares are held.
5	 Date from which first exercisable and expiration of the exercise period may be impacted if the Directors are prohibited from trading in the Company’s shares at that time.
6	 An adjustment was made to the 2020 RSP award in accordance with HMRC’s standard TERPS formula following the 2021 Placing and Open Offer.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
54

RSP awards granted during the year (audited)
During the year, the following RSP awards were granted to Executive Directors:
Executive
Type of award 
Basis of  
award granted1
Adjusted 
closing share 
price on date 
of grant1
Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted
Face value of 
award (£)1
% of face value 
that would vest 
if the underpin 
conditions are 
not met
Date of  
award
Date of  
Vesting 2
Andy Hornby
Nil-cost 
Option
100% of 
salary of 
£642,600
66p
776,049
£512,192.34
0% 21.04.2022
21.04.2025
Kirk Davis
Nil-cost 
Option
100% of 
salary of 
£376,729
66p
454,964
£300,276.24
0% 21.04.2022
21.04.2025
1	 Given the fall in the share price from 2021 to 2022, the Committee reduced the grant by using the average share price during the three-month period ending with the 
dealing date before the date of grant (82.804p) to determine the number of shares granted rather than the usual five-day average. This was below the actual share price 
of 66p, resulting in an approximate 20% reduction in the face value of the shares granted.
2	 Vesting subject to underpin condition detailed below. A two-year holding period applies to any shares vesting under the RSP awards.
Details of the underpin condition for the 2022 RSP awards are as follows:
Underpin
Weighting  
(% of total 
award)
Maximum 
(100% vesting)
The Group’s underlying performance and delivery against its strategy (which may change in 
response to cyclical and structural changes over time) is sufficient to justify the level of vesting 
having regard to such factors as the Committee considers to be appropriate in the round. In normal 
circumstances, such factors will include the Company’s financial performance, balance sheet 
strength, and performance against environmental, social and corporate governance priorities 
set by the Committee from time to time.
100%
100%
Participation in the SAYE Scheme
The Executive Directors may participate in the SAYE Scheme on the same terms as all other employees. Details of the 
Executive Directors’ participation in the SAYE are as follows:
Executive Director
Total SAYE 
awards at 
2 January 
2022
Awards 
granted
Exercise  
price
Awards  
vested 
(number)
Awards 
exercised 
(number)
Awards  
lapsed 
(number)1
Total SAYE 
awards at 
1 January 2023
Earliest exercise date
Andy Hornby
35,108 
59,960
30.02p
–
–
35,108
59,960 1 December 2025
Kirk Davis
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1	 Andy Hornby withdrew from the 2020 scheme, in which he held the 35,108 options, in order to participate in the 2022 scheme.
Payments on cessation of office (audited)
No payments on cessation of office were made in respect of the 2022 financial year.
Payments to former Directors’ (audited)
No payments to former Directors were made in respect of the 2022 financial year.
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 55
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)
Director
Beneficially 
owned at 
2 January 
2022 1
Beneficially 
owned at 
1 January 
2023 1
Outstanding 
LTIP awards at 
2 January 
2022 2
Outstanding 
RSP awards at 
1 January 
2023 2
Maximum 
shares 
receivable 
under SAYE 
options at 
1 January 2023
Shareholding 
% of salary at 
1 January  
2023
Guideline
Ken Hanna
100,000
200,000
–
–
–
–
n/a
Andy Hornby
374,814
998,662
–
2,783,214
59,960
47%
250%
Kirk Davis
515,897
749,266
–
1,631,678
–
61%
250%
Graham Clemett
58,034
58,034
–
–
–
–
n/a
Zoe Morgan
51,680
51,680
–
–
–
–
n/a
Alex Gersh
5,000
5,000
–
–
–
–
n/a
Loraine Woodhouse 3
n/a
49,834
–
–
–
–
n/a
Past Directors
Alison Digges
14,536
14,536
–
–
–
–
n/a
1	 Beneficial interests include shares held directly or indirectly by connected persons and Deferred Bonus shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust.
2	 Further details of outstanding share awards are disclosed on page 110. The Committee has confirmed that the 2019 LTIPs have lapsed.
3	 Appointment date 4 July 2022.
The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are each required to build a holding of shares in the Company worth 
250% of salary, over a period of time. For RSP awards, Andy Hornby and Kirk Davis must retain no fewer than 50% of the 
shares, net of taxes, vesting under the awards until the required shareholding is achieved. The requirement will continue 
to apply for two years post-cessation of employment (with such shares valued at the higher of the share price on departure 
and subsequently) unless the Committee exceptionally determines otherwise.
Performance graph and Chief Executive Officer pay
The graph below compares the Company’s TSR performance and that of the FTSE Small Cap Index over the past ten years, 
all rebased from 100. This graph shows the value, by 1 January 2023, of £100 invested in The Restaurant Group plc on 
2 January 2013 compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE Small Cap Index. On this basis the value, as at 
1 January 2023, of £100 invested is as follows:
Total shareholder return
30 Dec 12
300
0
50
100
150
200
250
The Restaurant Group
FTSE SmallCap
29 Dec 13 28 Dec 14 27 Dec 15 01 Jan 17 31 Dec 17
Year-end
Value (£) (rebased)
30 Dec 18 29 Dec 19 27 Dec 20 01 Jan 22 01 Jan 23
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
56

Total remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer for each of the last ten years:
£’000
Andrew Page
Danny Breithaupt
Andy McCue
Andy Hornby
2013
2014  
to 
30.08.2014
2014 
from 
01.09.2014
2015
2016  
to 
12.08.2016
19.09.2016 
to 
01.01.2017
2017
2018
2019  
to 
30.06.2019
01.08.2019 
to 
29.12.2019
2020
2021
2022
Total 
remuneration
3,840
4,559
913 1,429
387
242 1,116
730
645
371
518 2 1,198 2
792
Annual bonus 1
100%
75%
75%
69%
0%
20%
52%
0%
0%
0%
0%
60% 12.7%
Annual 
LTIP vesting 1
93%
100%
94%
93%
0%
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
n/a
n/a
0%
0%
1	 As a percentage of maximum.
2	 Impacted by salary waivers.
Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in the Directors’ salary, benefits and annual bonus between the financial 
years specified. 1 The “salary change” figures in the table below include the impact of the salary waivers that were in place 
for 2020 and the first three months of 202.
Director
2021 to 2022
2020 to 2021
2019 to 2020
Basic 
salary/fee
Taxable 
benefits
Annual 
bonus
Basic 
salary/fee
Taxable 
benefits
Annual 
bonus
Basic 
salary/fee
Taxable 
benefits
Annual 
bonus
Ken Hanna
n/a 2
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Andy Hornby
8%
8%
-78%
21%
-14%
100%
-21%
-19%
0%
Kirk Davis
8%
7%
-76%
14%
15%
100%
-13%
-14%
0%
Graham Clemett
-1%
n/a
n/a
34%
n/a
n/a
-12%
n/a
n/a
Alison Digges
8%
n/a
n/a
19%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Alex Gersh
34%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Zoe Morgan
6%
n/a
n/a
26%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Loraine Woodhouse 3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
1	 We have not provided a comparison with all employees in the above table as no such comparison is required under the regulations, which refer to employees of the 
parent company only, and it remains difficult to make direct comparisons due to the effects of Covid-19 and the fact that many staff were on furlough for parts of 2021. 
It is our intention to provide comparative data in future years.
2	 Appointed to the Board on 1 December 2021 as an Non-Executive Director and appointed Chair with effect from 1 January 2022.
3	 Appointed to the Board on 4 July 2022.
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 57
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Chief Executive Officer to employee pay ratio
The table below shows how the CEO’s single figure remuneration, as taken from the single figure remuneration table on 
page 57 and taking into account the voluntary pay reductions for 2020 and 2021, compares to equivalent single figure 
remuneration for full-time equivalent UK employees, ranked at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile.
Financial year
Method
25th percentile 
pay ratio
Median  
pay ratio
75th percentile 
pay ratio
2022
Option A
33:1
29:1
26:1
2021
Option A
55:1
49:1
42:1
2020
Option A
23:1
23:1
20:1
2019
Option A
42:1
37:1
31:1
Notes to the CEO to employee pay ratio:
1	 The Committee notes the general preference of institutional shareholders for companies to use statutory Method A and prepared the calculations on that basis. For 
2021, given the ongoing mandatory shutdown of our restaurants and pubs in the early part of the year due to Covid-19, Option A includes employees who were placed 
on furlough under the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (CJRS) scheme. The CEO’s remuneration takes into account the CEO’s waiver of salary during 2021 (20% 
from 1 January to 31 March 2021).
2	 Employee pay data is based on full time equivalent pay for UK employees as at 1 January 2023. For each employee, total pay is calculated in line with the single figure 
methodology.
3	 Chief Executive Officer pay is as per the single total figure of remuneration for 2022, as disclosed on page 57.
4	 No calculation adjustments or assumptions have been made.
5	 The Committee has considered the pay data for the three individuals identified for each year and believes that it fairly reflects pay at the relevant quartiles among 
the UK employee population.
6	 The Committee believes the median pay ratio for each year to be consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for the UK employees taken as a whole 
because the majority of our employees are based in our restaurants and pubs and there is a high level of consistency in terms and conditions with structured pay 
bands. During 2020 and part of 2021, our team members would have been in receipt of furlough payments due to restaurant closures and reduced trading, which 
will impact how the earnings levels compare.
7	 Any employee who worked less than full time hours was factored up using the full-time contracted hours for the role to calculate their FTE to allow a like-for-like 
comparison and does not take into account the effect of furlough arrangements on the relevant employee’s pay.
8	 For 2020 and 2021, the CEO ratio does not represent a typical year – our employees will have had periods of furlough and flexible furlough during the course 
of the year. The Chief Executive Officer waived 40% of pay from April 2020 to the end of June 2020 and 20% from July 2020 to 31 March 2021.
The total pay and benefits and the salary component of total pay and benefits for the employee at each of the 25th percentile, 
the median and the 75th percentile are shown below:
Year
Salary
Total pay and benefits
25th  
percentile
Median
75th  
percentile
25th  
percentile
Median
75th  
percentile
2022
£23,712
£25,381
£28,747
£24,281
£26,971
£31,022
2021
£20,707
£22,597
£25,317
£21,880
£24,411
£28,491
Relative importance of spend on pay
£m
2021
2022
% change
Staff costs1
245.6
336.8
37.1%
1	 Note 6 in the financial statements. 2021 figures are shown net of furlough receipts.
No dividends were paid in respect of either year.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
58

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating 
to Directors’ remuneration
The Committee is constituted in accordance with the 
recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
and currently comprises four independent Non-Executive 
Directors in addition to the Company Chair. The Committee 
is chaired by Zoe Morgan, who became the Committee Chair 
in April 2020. None of the Committee members has any 
personal financial interest in the Company (other than as 
shareholders).
The Committee makes recommendations to the Board. 
No Director is involved in any decisions about his or her 
own remuneration. In determining the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration for the year, the Committee consults the 
Non-Executive Chair about its proposals. In determining 
the Company Chair’s fees, the Committee (excluding the 
Company Chair) consults with the Chief Executive and 
the Senior Independent Director. The Board (including the 
Company Chair but excluding the Non-Executive Directors) 
determines the Non-Executive Directors’ fees.
Where relevant, the Executive Directors and Company 
Secretary are invited to attend meetings of the Committee, 
except when their own remuneration is being directly 
discussed. The Committee met five times during the year.
The Committee has formal terms of reference which can be 
viewed on the Company’s website. These were last reviewed 
and subject to minor amendments in December 2022.
FIT Remuneration Consultants (‘FIT’) were appointed by 
the Committee and have acted as its independent advisers 
since December 2018. FIT provide services encompassing 
all elements of the remuneration packages and did not 
provide any other services to the Group during the year. 
Total fees paid to FIT in respect of their services in 2022 
were £37,534.80 plus VAT (2021: £28,394 plus VAT).
FIT are a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants 
Group Code of Conduct. The Committee has reviewed 
the operating processes in place at FIT and is satisfied 
that the advice that it receives is objective and independent 
and uses its judgement when assessing any advice provided.
Statement of shareholder voting
The Directors’ remuneration report received the following 
votes from shareholders at the last AGM, held on 24 May 
2022:
Directors’ remuneration report
Votes cast in favour
422,023,281
67.68%
Votes cast against
201,567,586
32.32%
Total votes cast
623,590,867
–
Votes withheld
17,382
–
In advance of the AGM, the Remuneration Committee 
Chair consulted widely with major shareholders to explain 
the basis of remuneration decisions made during the year. 
Since then, we have written again to major shareholders 
ahead of the upcoming renewal of the Remuneration Policy 
to elicit additional views and feedback, and provided an 
update to the Investment Association’s Public Register, 
which is available on our website, since the votes in 
favour of the 2021 Remuneration report fell below 80%. 
As the Chair notes in her introduction, the Committee 
was conscious that a key factor in generating votes 
against was the payment of bonuses for a year in which 
the Group was in receipt of furlough support. 
The current Directors’ Remuneration Policy was put to 
shareholders at the General Meeting held on 8 October 2020 
on a binding basis. The voting outcomes were as follows:
Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Votes cast in favour
301,883,862
63.17%
Votes cast against
175,972,938
36.83%
Total votes cast
477,856,800
–
Votes withheld
8,310,903
–
As noted, the Company intends to present an updated 
version of the current Remuneration Policy for shareholders 
to vote on at the 2023 AGM. The Company is proposing 
limited changes to the current policy, primarily to:
•	 Clarify the malus and clawback provisions applicable 
to the annual bonus scheme
•	 Remove the exception permitting higher pension 
contributions for Directors with existing contractual 
entitlement to those higher rates
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 59
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Proposed Remuneration Policy 
This report sets out the policy of the Group on Executive 
Directors’ and Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration. 
The policy will be put to shareholders for approval at the 
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) to be held on 23 May 2023 
and, subject to approval, will be operated from that date. 
The current policy, approved by shareholders in 2020, 
will continue to apply until the new policy is approved.
Policy overview
The objective of our Remuneration Policy is to attract, 
retain and incentivise a high calibre of senior management 
who can direct the business and deliver the Group’s 
core objective of growth in shareholder value by building 
a business that is capable of delivering long-term, 
sustainable and growing earnings.
To achieve this objective, Executive Directors and senior 
management receive remuneration packages with elements 
of fixed and variable pay. Fixed pay elements (basic salary, 
pension arrangements and other benefits) are set at a level 
to recognise the experience, contribution and responsibilities 
of the individuals and to take into consideration the level of 
remuneration available from a range of the Group’s broader 
competitors.
Variable pay elements (annual bonus and Restricted Share 
Plan awards) are set at a level to incentivise Executive 
Directors and senior management to deliver outstanding 
performance in line with the Group’s strategic objectives and 
to align their interests with those of long-term shareholders.
Consideration of shareholders’ views
The Remuneration Committee (the “Committee”) considers 
feedback from shareholders received during the year, 
including at AGMs and in consulting with major shareholders 
and proxies in preparing for the AGM, and feedback from 
additional engagement as part of any review of executive 
remuneration. The Committee engages proactively with 
shareholders and ensures that they are consulted in advance 
where any material changes to the Remuneration Policy 
are proposed. During 2022, a consultation exercise was 
undertaken with major shareholders to seek feedback 
on the proposed changes to the policy.
Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere 
in the Group
In determining the remuneration of the Directors, the 
Committee takes into account the pay arrangements and 
terms and conditions across the Group as a whole. The 
Committee seeks to ensure that the underlying principles 
which form the basis for decisions on Directors’ pay are 
consistent with those on which pay decisions for the rest of 
the workforce are taken. For example, the Committee takes 
into account the general salary increase for the head office 
team when conducting the salary review for the Executive 
Directors. Increases for the non-managerial staff in restaurants 
and pubs are determined in line with changes to the National 
Minimum and National Living Wage. More generally, the 
Company operates a Director-led workforce engagement 
programme.
Managing potential conflicts of interest
In order to avoid any conflict of interest, remuneration 
is managed through well-defined processes ensuring no 
individual is involved in the decision-making process related 
to their own remuneration. In particular, the remuneration 
of all Executive Directors is set and approved by the 
Committee; none of the Executive Directors are involved in 
the determination of their own remuneration arrangements. 
The Committee also receives support from external advisers 
and evaluates the support provided by those advisers 
annually to ensure that advice is independent, appropriate 
and cost-effective. 
Key elements of the new Remuneration Policy for Directors
The 2020 policy involved considerable work to ensure our remuneration arrangements were fit for purpose. That policy 
seems to be embedding well although it will be kept under periodic review. On this basis, only minor changes are proposed.
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Basic salary
Attract and retain 
key personnel of 
the right calibre.
Reflects individual 
responsibilities, skills 
and achievement of 
objectives.
Salary levels (and subsequent 
increases) are set based on role, 
experience, performance and 
consideration of the general 
workforce pay review and 
competitor pay levels.
Salaries are paid monthly.
Normally reviewed annually with 
any changes taking effect from 
1 April or when an individual 
changes position or responsibility.
No prescribed 
maximum annual 
increase. The 
Committee is guided 
by the general 
increase for the 
Company’s general 
workforce, but on 
occasions may need 
to recognise, for 
example, an increase 
in the scale, scope 
or responsibility of 
the role.
None.
Changes from 2020 policy: salary change date moved from 1 January to 1 April
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
60

Purpose and link to strategy
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Benefits
To provide market 
consistent benefits.
Benefits packages typically 
comprise a car (or car allowance), 
health insurance, and life assurance 
although other benefits may 
be provided where appropriate, 
including relocation and 
expatriation expenses as 
outlined in this report.
No maximum limit.
None.
Changes from 2020 policy: none
Pensions
Rewards sustained 
contribution.
Contribution to a personal pension 
plan (no defined benefit schemes 
operate) and/or a salary 
supplement (e.g. where HMRC 
limits would be exceeded). Going 
forwards, new recruits will receive 
no more than the rate from time 
to time applicable to the majority 
of staff.
Executive Directors 
will receive no more 
than the rate from 
time to time available 
to the majority of staff 
(currently 3% but this 
may change).
None.
Changes from 2020 policy: Executive Director pensions capped at standard staff rate
Annual bonus
Rewards the 
achievement of annual 
financial targets and 
other key performance 
indicators, depending 
on job responsibilities, 
which are aligned to 
the strategic needs 
of the business.
Bonus level is determined by 
the Committee after the year end 
based on performance conditions 
typically drawn up at the start 
of the financial year.
50% of any bonus is payable 
in cash.
50% of any bonus is deferred in 
shares or nil-cost options with 
awards normally vesting after a 
three-year period. Not pensionable.
A malus and clawback mechanism 
operates. The Committee has the 
authority to apply this mechanism 
if, in the opinion of the Committee, 
any of the following has occurred:
•	 A material misstatement 
of the Company’s results
•	 An error is made in any 
calculation or assessment 
in relation to an award 
•	 Gross misconduct by 
a participant
•	 Any (in the case of malus only) 
other adverse circumstances 
materially impacting the 
reputation of the Group
•	 An insolvency of the Company
Maximum of 150% 
of base salary.
Normally based 
on a one-year 
performance period.
The annual bonus 
is subject to the 
achievement of 
stretching 
performance 
measures. Financial 
measures will 
account for the 
majority, normally 
based on Group 
Adjusted profit before 
tax or an alternative 
profit measure.
The Committee may 
vary the metrics and 
weightings from year 
to year according to 
Group strategy.
The Committee 
retains the ability to 
override the out-turn 
to reduce such 
payment if it does not 
consider the out-turn 
to be appropriate in 
all the circumstances.
Changes from 2020 policy: more specific malus and clawback provisions
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 61
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Restricted 
Share Plan 
(RSP)
Promotes achievement 
of long-term strategic 
objectives of increasing 
shareholder value and 
aligning the interests 
of participants with 
those of long-term 
shareholders.
Annual grant of Conditional Awards 
calculated as a proportion of base 
salary. Grants will use the price 
prevailing at or shortly prior to 
grant (typically based on a 5-day 
average).
A malus and clawback mechanism 
operates. The Committee has the 
authority to apply this mechanism 
if, in the opinion of the Committee, 
any of the following has occurred:
•	 A material misstatement 
of the Company’s results
•	 An error is made in any 
calculation or assessment 
in relation to an award 
•	 Gross misconduct 
by a participant
•	 Any other adverse circumstances 
materially impacting the 
reputation of the Group
•	 An insolvency of the Company.
Maximum of 125% 
of salary.
The level of vesting 
will be dependent 
upon the Committee 
confirming whether 
any underpin has 
been met as at the 
third anniversary 
of grant.
All awards to 
Executive Directors 
will be subject to 
the underpin that 
the Committee is 
satisfied that the 
Award should vest 
and may be reduced 
if it feels that there 
has been 
unsatisfactory 
financial, personal 
or other performance 
over the period.
Changes from 2020 policy: removal of references to specifics applied to the 2020 grant
Save As You 
Earn scheme 
(SAYE)
Encourages employee 
share ownership and 
therefore increases 
alignment with 
shareholders.
HMRC-approved plan under which 
eligible employees are able to 
purchase shares under a three-year 
savings contract at a discount of 
up to 20% of market value at grant.
Provides tax advantages to UK 
employees.
N/A
None.
Changes from 2020 policy: none
Shareholding 
guidelines
To increase alignment 
with shareholders.
Executive Directors must build 
up and maintain a shareholding 
equivalent to 250% of base salary.
Requirement to retain no fewer than 
50% of the net of tax shares vesting 
under an RSP (or legacy LTIP) 
award until the required 
shareholding is achieved.
The requirement will continue to 
apply for two years post-cessation 
of employment (with such shares 
valued at the higher of the share 
price on departure and 
subsequently) unless the 
Committee exceptionally 
determines otherwise. 
To enforce such requirement, 
vestings from RSP awards will be 
lodged in escrow until sufficient 
shares are held. 
N/A
None.
Changes from 2020 policy: none
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
62

Purpose and link to strategy
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Non-
Executive 
Directors’ 
fees
To attract and retain 
a high-calibre Chair 
and Non-Executive 
Directors by offering 
market-competitive 
fee levels.
Reflects fees paid 
by similarly sized 
companies.
Reflects time 
commitments 
and responsibilities 
of each role.
Fees are normally reviewed 
annually. Fees paid in cash.
Chair is paid a single fee.
Non-Executive Directors are paid 
a base fee. A Committee Chair fee 
and a Senior Independent Director 
fee is payable to reflect additional 
responsibility.
The Chair and the Non-Executive 
Directors are entitled to 
reimbursement of reasonable 
expenses including any tax due 
on such payments. They may 
also receive limited travel or 
accommodation-related benefits 
in connection with their role as 
a Director.
The Group’s Articles 
of Association 
currently place a limit 
on the aggregate 
annual fees of the 
Non-Executive 
Directors of 
£650,000.
As per Executive 
Directors, there is no 
prescribed maximum 
annual increase.
The Committee is 
guided by the general 
increase in the 
Non-Executive 
Director market and 
for the broader UK 
employee population 
but on occasion may 
need to recognise, for 
example, an increase 
in the scale, scope 
or responsibility of 
the role.
None.
Changes from 2020 policy: none
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 63
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Performance measures
The Committee chooses performance measures for the 
annual bonus and, where relevant, any underpin to the RSP 
which align to the Group’s profitability and the strategic plan. 
This enables the Executive Directors to be incentivised to 
achieve the Group strategy, aligning interests with those of 
shareholders. Financial performance measures (Adjusted profit 
before tax) are used as the key performance indicators (KPI). 
Performance against targets is reviewed by the Committee. 
For the annual bonus plan, non-financial measures will usually 
relate to strategic priorities and/or ESG standards, such as: 
environmental measures (including, for example, reduction in 
electricity usage, waste recycling rates, etc.); customer service 
and engagement; and employee recruitment and retention. 
Committee discretions
The Committee operates share plans in accordance with their 
respective rules and in accordance with the UK Listing Rules 
and HMRC requirements where relevant. The Committee, 
consistent with market practice, retains discretion over a 
number of areas relating to the operation and administration of 
these plans. These include (but are not limited to) the following:
•	 Selecting the participants
•	 The timing of grant and/or payment
•	 The size of grants and/or payments (within the limits 
set out in the policy table above)
•	 The extent of vesting based on the assessment 
of performance
•	 Determination of a “good leaver” and where relevant the 
extent of vesting in the case of the share-based plans
•	 Treatment in exceptional circumstances such as a 
change of control, in which the Committee would act in 
the best interests of the Company and its shareholders
•	 Making the appropriate adjustments required in certain 
circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring 
events, variation of capital and special dividends)
•	 Cash settling awards
•	 The annual review of performance measures, weightings 
and setting targets for the discretionary incentive plans 
from year to year
Any performance or underpin conditions may be amended 
or substituted if one or more events occur which cause the 
Committee to reasonably consider that the performance 
conditions would not, without alteration, achieve their original 
purpose. Any varied performance condition would not be 
materially less difficult to satisfy in the circumstances.
Differences between the policy and the policy on 
employee remuneration
There are no material differences in the structure of 
remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors and 
the senior management team. There are some operational 
differences such as quantum, which reflect the fact that a 
greater emphasis is placed on performance-related pay for 
Executive Directors and the most senior individuals in the 
management team. Outside the senior management team, 
the Company aims to provide remuneration structures for 
employees which reflect market norms.
Legacy arrangements
For avoidance of doubt, in approving this Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, authority is given to the Company 
to honour any prior commitments entered into with current 
or former Directors, unless specifically excluded.
External appointments
Executive Directors are entitled to accept one appointment 
outside the Group and there is no requirement for Directors 
to remit any fees to The Restaurant Group plc. Details of 
any appointments are provided in the annual report on 
remuneration section.
Illustration of application of Remuneration Policy
The chart below shows the value of the Executive Directors’ 
packages under three performance scenarios – minimum, 
on-target and maximum – together with a modified version 
of the maximum column to include 50% share price 
appreciation.
Andy Hornby
(£’000) 
2023
fixed
2023
on-target
2023
maximum
2023
maximum
+ share price growth (based on value of award)
683 (100%)
683 (37%)
506 (27%)
658 (36%)
683 (29%)
1,012 (43%)
658 (28%)
683 (25%)
1,012 (38%)
987(37%)
£683
£1,847
£2,353
£2,682
 Fixed pay 
 Bonus – 150% 
 RSP – 100% 
Kirk Davis
(£’000) 
2023
fixed
2023
on-target
2023
maximum
2023
maximum
+ share price growth (based on value of award)
416 (100%)
416 (39%)
267 (25%)
386 (36%)
416 (31%)
534 (40%)
386 (29%)
416 (27%)
534 (35%)
579 (38%)
£416
£1,069
£1,336
£1,529
 Fixed pay 
 Bonus – 150% 
 RSP – 100%   
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
64

Notes:
•	 Salary levels are based on applying the 1 April 2023 increase as from that date
•	 The value of benefits receivable in 2023 is estimated
•	 The on-target level of bonus is taken to be 50% of the maximum bonus opportunity (150% of salary for the CEO and 135% 
for the CFO)
•	 The on-target level of vesting under the RSP is taken to be the face value of the proposed maximum 2023 grant (100% of 
salary for the CEO and the CFO)
•	 No share price appreciation has been assumed for the deferred bonus shares and the final column shows the maximum 
with the RSP benefiting from 50% share price appreciation
Approach to recruitment and promotions
The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would be set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s 
prevailing approved Remuneration Policy at the time of appointment and take into account the skills and experience of 
the individual, the market rate for a candidate of that experience and the importance of securing the relevant individual.
Salary would be provided at such a level as required to attract the most appropriate candidate and may be set initially at a 
below mid-market level on the basis that it may progress towards the mid-market level once expertise and performance has 
been proven and sustained. Benefits and pensions would be provided in line with the prevailing approved policy. The annual 
bonus potential would be limited to 150% of salary and grants under the RSP would be limited to a maximum of 125% of 
salary. Where necessary, specific annual bonus targets may be introduced for an individual for the first year of appointment 
if it is appropriate to do so to reflect the individual’s responsibilities and the point in the year at which they joined the Board. 
In addition, the Committee may offer additional cash and/or share-based elements to replace deferred or incentive pay 
forfeited by an executive leaving a previous employer. It would seek to ensure, where possible, that these awards would 
be consistent with awards forfeited in terms of vesting periods, expected value and performance conditions.
For an internal Executive Director appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may 
be allowed to pay out according to its terms. In addition, any other ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior 
to appointment may continue.
For external and internal appointments, the Committee may agree that the Company will meet certain relocation and/or 
incidental expenses as appropriate, so as to enable the recruitment of the best people including those who need to relocate.
Notice periods for Executive Directors are normally 12 months. If appropriate, the Committee may agree, on the recruitment 
of a new Executive Director, to a notice period of 6 months but with the ability to increase this to 12 months over a specified 
period. 
Service contracts and payments for loss of office
Executive Director contracts
Andy Hornby and Kirk Davis both have a service contract with an indefinite term which is subject to 12 months’ notice by 
either party. In respect of both the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, in the event of early termination 
by the Company, the Company shall make a payment in lieu of notice equivalent to 12 months of base salary only. 
There are no provisions in respect of change of control within either contract.
Unexpired term of Non-Executive Directors’ service contracts
Date of  
original appointment
Commencement date  
of current term
Unexpired term  
as at March 2023
Ken Hanna
1 December 2021
1 December 2021
1 years, 9 months
Graham Clemett
1 June 2016
1 June 2022
2 years, 3 months
Zoe Morgan
1 January 2020
1 January 2023
2 years, 10 months
Alex Gersh
23 February 2021
23 February 2021
11 months
Loraine Woodhouse
4 July 2022
4 July 2022
2 years, 4 months
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 65
Governance

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Contractual provisions
It is the Company’s policy that any new Executive Director 
appointment should have a service contract with an indefinite 
term which is subject to up to a year’s notice by either party 
with provision, at the Board’s discretion, for early termination 
by way of a payment in lieu of salary, with the ability to phase 
payments and mitigate such payments if alternative 
employment is obtained.
There will be no provisions in respect of a change of control.
Directors’ service contracts are available for inspection at the 
central support office of the Group during normal business 
hours and will be available for inspection at the AGM.
Outstanding incentive awards
The annual bonus may be payable with respect to the period 
of the financial year worked, although it will be pro-rated for 
time and paid at the normal pay-out date.
Any share-based entitlements granted to an Executive 
Director under the Company’s share plans will be determined 
based on the relevant plan rules. Any unvested deferred 
bonus plan awards will ordinarily vest on the normal vesting 
date, save where the departure is as a result of summary 
dismissal in which case the awards will lapse on cessation 
of employment. Any outstanding RSP (and legacy LTIP) 
awards will normally lapse on cessation of employment. 
However, in certain prescribed circumstances, such as 
death, ill-health, disability, retirement or other circumstances 
at the discretion of the Committee, “good leaver” status 
may be applied. Awards held by Executive Directors will 
normally vest on their scheduled vesting date, subject to 
the satisfaction of the relevant performance or underpin 
conditions at that time and reduced pro-rata to reflect 
the proportion of the normal vesting period actually served.
However, the Committee has discretion to determine that 
awards vest at cessation and/or to dis-apply time pro-rating. 
In the event of a takeover (or other corporate event such as 
demerger, delisting, special dividend or other similar event 
which, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, 
would affect the market price of shares to a material extent) 
all awards will vest early subject to the extent that the 
performance or underpin conditions have been (or would 
have been, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee) 
satisfied at that time and pro-rated to reflect the reduced 
period between grant and vesting relative to the normal 
vesting period (although the Committee can decide not to 
pro-rate an award if it regards it as inappropriate to do so 
in the particular circumstances). In the event of an internal 
reorganisation, awards may be exchanged for equivalent 
new awards over shares in the new holding company.
Non-Executive Directors
Letters of appointment for the Non-Executive Directors were 
each set for an initial three-year period (renewable thereafter 
for periods of three years). Non-Executive Directors are 
required to submit themselves for re-election every year.
The notice period for the Chair, Ken Hanna, is six months 
by either party. The notice period for the Non-Executive 
Directors is set at three months under arrangements that 
may generally be terminated at will by either party without 
compensation.
Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection 
at the central support office of the Group during normal 
business hours and will be available for inspection at 
the AGM.
Fees payable for a new Non-Executive Director appointment 
will take into account the experience and calibre of the 
individual and current fee structure.
This report was approved by the Board of Directors 
and signed on its behalf by:
Zoe Morgan
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
7 March 2023
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
66

Directors’ report
The Directors present their annual report together with the 
audited financial statements of the Company and the Group 
for the year ended 1 January 2023 with comparative 
information for the year ended 2 January 2022.
The Directors’ report comprises these pages 67 and 68 
and the other sections and pages of the Annual Report and 
Accounts cross-referred to below, which are incorporated 
by reference. As permitted by legislation, certain disclosures 
normally included in the Directors’ report have instead been 
integrated into the Strategic report (pages 4 to 34).
Results and dividends
The results for the year are set out in the consolidated 
income statement on page 81. This shows a statutory 
loss after tax of £68.5m (2021: loss after tax of £40.3m 
as restated). If the impact of exceptional items is excluded 
then the Group adjusted profit after tax is £25.8m 
(2021: loss of £3.7m).
The Directors have currently suspended payment of 
dividends.
For definitions of the adjusted performance metrics used 
by the Group and how these reconcile to statutory measures, 
see the glossary on page 126.
Going concern
The Directors have adopted the going concern basis in 
preparing the Annual Report and Accounts after assessing 
the Group’s principal risks. The Directors have reviewed 
financial projections to 31 March 2024 (the review period), 
containing a “base case”, a “stress case” and a “reverse 
stress case” and concluded that the Group has sufficient 
liquidity and covenant headroom for the going concern 
review period. For more details, see Note 1 on page 85.
Directors and Directors’ interests
The names of all persons who were Directors of the 
Company during the year can be found on page 36. 
Directors’ interests in the shares of the Company can 
be found on page 56.
Directors of the Company may be appointed or removed 
under the terms of the Company’s Articles of Association 
and relevant statutory provisions. All Directors are subject 
to annual re-election at the Company’s AGM.
There are no agreements with the Company providing 
for compensation for loss of office for Directors or other 
employees resulting from a takeover bid.
Directors’ and Officers’ liability (‘D&O’) insurance 
and indemnities
The Company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance. Details of the D&O insurance maintained by 
the Company can be found on page 38. Deeds have been 
executed indemnifying each Director of the Company as a 
supplement to the D&O insurance cover. The indemnities, 
which constitute a qualifying third-party indemnity provision 
as defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006, were 
in force during the 2022 financial year and remain in force 
for all current and past Directors of the Company from 2019.
Articles
The Company’s Articles may only be amended by special 
resolution and are available on the Company’s website 
at www.trgplc.com/governance.
Energy and greenhouse gas reporting
The disclosures concerning energy use and greenhouse 
gas emissions are included in the Environmental and Social 
report on page 34.
Relationships with suppliers, customers and other 
business partners
Details of the Company’s approach to suppliers, customers 
and other business partners are included in the Environmental 
and Social report on pages 18 to 25, while the Company’s 
section 172 statement on pages 16 and 17 sets out how the 
Directors have taken into account the needs of business 
partners and other stakeholders in decision-making.
Employee participation and engagement
The action taken during the year in relation to employee 
participation and engagement, including in terms of 
monitoring culture and values, is included in the Environmental 
and Social report on pages 23 to 25 and the Corporate 
Governance report on pages 38 and 39, as well as in 
the section 172 statement on pages 16 and 17.
Disabled employees
The Company’s policy towards disabled employees is 
included in the Environmental and Social report on page 25.
Employee benefit trust (EBT) and share awards
Details of the Company’s EBT arrangements can be found 
on page 109 (Note 20). Dividends on shares held by the 
EBT are waived.
The Company has an all-employee Save As You Earn (SAYE) 
scheme, a Restricted Share Plan, and a Deferred Bonus 
scheme. Details of share-based payments during the year 
can be found on pages 110 to 111 (Note 21).
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 67
Governance

Directors’ report continued
Capital structure
The Company’s issued share capital at 1 January 2023 
consisted of 765,062,398 ordinary shares of 28.125 pence 
each. There are no special control rights, restrictions on 
share transfer or voting rights, or any other special rights 
pertaining to any of the shares in issue, and the Company 
does not have preference shares. During the year, a total of 
15,798 new ordinary shares in the capital of the Company 
were issued as a result of employee exercises of options 
awarded under the Company’s SAYE share scheme.
The Company was authorised by shareholder resolution at 
the 2022 Annual General Meeting to purchase up to 10% of 
its issued share capital. No shares were purchased pursuant 
to this authority during the year. A resolution to renew this 
authority will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting.
At the last Annual General Meeting, the Company was also 
given authority to allot shares up to a specified limit. A similar 
resolution will be sought at this year’s AGM.
The Group has entered into various contracts, including 
leases, during the course of ordinary business, some of 
which may be terminated in the event of a change of control 
of the Company.
Substantial shareholdings
As at 1 January 2023, the Company was aware of the 
following interests of 3% or more in the issued share capital 
of the Company:
Number of 
shares
% of issued 
share capital
Columbia Threadneedle 
Investments
129,507,290
16.93%
Oasis Management
38,262,777
5.00%
Royal London Asset Management
36,128,016
4.72%
Vanguard Group
28,354,422
3.71%
Fidelity Investments
26,458,410
3.46%
Since 1 January 2023 and up to the date of this report, the 
Company has received no notifications under the Disclosure 
and Transparency Rules in respect of any interests of 3% or 
more in the issued share capital of the Company.
Financial instruments and financial risk management
The Group’s policy on the use of financial instruments is 
set out in Note 24 to the financial statements. The Group’s 
financial instruments, financial risk management, key terms 
and debt covenants are set out in Note 23 to the financial 
statements.
Future developments
The development of the business is set out in the Business 
review in the Strategic report on pages 5 to 8.
Corporate governance
The Company’s statement on corporate governance can be 
found in the Corporate Governance report on page 36. The 
Corporate Governance report forms part of this Directors’ 
report and is incorporated into it by cross-reference.
Political donations
The Company did not make any political donations during 
the year (2021: nil).
Significant post-balance sheet events
There have been no significant post-balance sheet events.
Independent Auditor
A resolution for the reappointment of Ernst & Young LLP 
as Auditor to the Company will be proposed at the AGM. 
The Directors, on the advice of the Audit Committee, 
recommend their reappointment.
Disclosure of information to the External Auditor
In the case of each of the persons who are Directors at the 
time the report is approved, the following applies:
•	 As far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s Auditor is unaware
•	 The Director has taken all of the steps that he/she ought 
to have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Company’s Auditor is aware of that information
By order of the Board.
Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer
7 March 2023
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
68

Risk Committee and Key Group Risks
Risk Committee
The Risk Committee supports and assists the Board in 
its oversight of the current risk exposures of the Company 
and future risk strategy. It is responsible for identifying the 
risks that the Group faces and for reviewing the controls 
and mitigations that are in place and future action plans. 
The Committee has responsibility for governance of the 
Company’s risk management processes, for monitoring and 
assessing the effectiveness of the risk management systems, 
and for reporting on risk management and risk exposures 
to the Audit Committee and ultimately the Board.
Membership, attendance and meetings
The Committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. Its 
membership comprises the General Counsel/Company 
Secretary, the Group Finance Director, the Chief Information 
Officer, the People Director, the Group Purchasing Director, 
the Group Property Director and the Head of ESG 
Programme. Employees from across the business may 
attend Committee meetings by invitation in order to assist 
the Committee in discharging its duties.
The Chief Financial Officer reports to the Audit Committee 
on the Committee’s proceedings at the subsequent Audit 
Committee meeting, where the aggregated Key Group Risks 
register is also tabled and reviewed. The Committee held 
four meetings in 2022.
Key roles and responsibilities within the 
Company’s risk management framework
Board
Overall responsibility for risk management
The Board has ultimate responsibility for ensuring 
business risks are effectively managed
Risk Committee
Responsibility for review and management 
of individual risks across the Group, considering 
overall risk priorities across each function and 
assessing emerging risks including those relating 
to climate change
The Risk Committee is responsible for governance 
of the Company’s risk management processes, 
monitoring and assessing the effectiveness of the 
risk management systems, and reporting on risk 
management and risk exposures
Audit Committee
Delegated responsibility with regular review of risk 
management procedures
The Board has delegated regular review of the risk 
management procedures to the Audit Committee and 
collectively reviews the overall risk environment on an 
annual basis
Risk appetite
The UK Corporate Governance Code requires companies to 
determine their risk appetite in terms of the nature and extent 
of the principal risks faced and those they are willing to take 
in achieving strategic objectives. The Board assesses the 
risks faced by the business and considers these when 
setting the business model and strategic objectives for the 
Group to ensure the business operates within appropriate 
risk parameters.
Risk management process
Each business unit and functional area of the Group is 
responsible for identifying and assessing its risks across a 
one-to-three year timescale on an ongoing basis, providing 
formal updates each quarter. This process identifies the 
likelihood of occurrence of any individual risk, the potential 
impact on the Group, the mitigating controls in place, 
the resulting net risk and any relevant future action plans. 
The Risk Committee has sight of both the functional and 
divisional risk registers, as well as the climate-related risks 
and opportunities register, from which a consolidated view 
of the Group’s key risks is developed.
Given that some risks are external and not fully within our 
control, the risk management processes are designed to 
manage risks, so far as commercially possible, which may 
have a material impact on our business, rather than to fully 
mitigate all risks.
Emerging risk
The Committee also reviews emerging and longer-term risks, 
including those related to climate and the environment, to 
ensure that appropriate steps are taken at the right time.
Principal risk factors
Set out on the following page is a list of what the Directors, 
on the advice of the Risk and Audit Committees, consider 
to be the current principal risks of the Group together with 
the mitigation plans and risk management strategy. 
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 69
Governance

Risk Committee and Key Group Risks continued
Risk
Mitigating Factors and Controls
Reduced Consumer Demand
•	 Due to cost-of-living increases 
and significant inflation levels 
•	 As a result of the impact on 
wider hospitality industry from 
transport strikes
•	 Broad portfolio of brands that offer a range of cuisines across various customer 
demographics
•	 Flexible capital allocation policy to ensure that plans are adapted to a changing 
economic environment
•	 Ongoing focus on ensuring value for money offering across the brands with 
regular price benchmarking against competitor pricing
•	 Periodic business review process and weekly trading meeting to review 
and assess any adaptation required to trading plans
•	 Detailed monitoring of key cost lines in 2023 Budget
Supply Chain Inflation
•	 Increases in cost of goods sold 
inflation due to commodity, labour, 
distribution and utilities costs rises 
within the supply chain 
•	 Significant inflation due to the 
Russia-Ukraine war impacting 
world markets
•	 Higher sourcing costs/supply issues 
for ingredients caused by increased 
climate-related extreme weather 
events impacting harvests
•	 Continuing to streamline supply base to efficiently meet the requirements 
of our revised estate
•	 Inflation tracked by brand with monthly CFO review and business updates 
provided to divisional teams
•	 Keep identifying and delivering against a good pipeline of commercial 
opportunities which includes bringing new suppliers to market
•	 Working with the development and operations teams to inform on inflation 
risks and agree mitigation opportunities which could include adapting menus
•	 Dual sourcing of essential products
Employee Recruitment and 
Retention
•	 Failure to attract, retain, or develop 
chefs, and general and senior 
managers
•	 Employee turnover is excessive 
across the industry for front of 
house, back of house and 
management roles. Risk of high 
employee turnover is greater due 
to the current age profile and 
increased part-time nature of 
the workforce
•	 Implementation of a new recruitment process to enhance the quality of team 
selection
•	 Continued improvement of onboarding and induction process focused on 
the first 90 days of employment to improve employee engagement, as well 
as ongoing training opportunities
•	 Extension of our apprenticeship schemes across the brands to further enhance 
team development with a particular focus on back of house roles
•	 Ongoing review of the need to increase attraction/retention payments for key 
roles, e.g. chefs
•	 Ongoing focus on wellbeing and mental health
•	 Increased focus on diversity
Allergen Incident
•	 Serious allergen incident involving 
adverse customer reaction or death 
as a result of failure of procedures 
on site or incorrect ingredient data 
being provided by suppliers
•	 Detailed database built up by ingredient/supplier and testing process including 
physical verification
•	 Allergy advice and information on all brand websites and menus
•	 All-staff training focused on asking about allergies and reinforcing best practice. 
Ongoing refresher training delivered 
•	 Weekly monitoring of training status for current and new employees, 
with compliance statistics sent out to the operations teams
Cybersecurity and Data Protection
•	 Liability for breaching GDPR 
legislation and risk associated 
with the failure to mitigate against 
external attacks on systems and 
networks, loss or corruption of data 
and inadequate internal processes 
over the handling and management 
of data
•	 Data protection policies and procedures in place
•	 Staff communications and training on data protection provided, with monitoring 
of completion rates
•	 Vulnerability assessments conducted monthly and remediation works undertaken
•	 Annual penetration tests for all external services
•	 Cyber insurance in place
•	 Cookie compliance project to ensure all main customer-facing sites fully 
compliant using OneTrust solution
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
70

Directors’ responsibility statements
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect 
of the financial statements 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable United Kingdom law and regulations. 
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have elected to prepare the Group financial 
statements in accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards (“IFRSs”), and the parent company 
financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable law), including 
Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure 
Framework (“FRS 101”). Under company law the Directors 
must not approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit 
or loss of the Group and the Company for that period. 
In preparing these financial statements the Directors are 
required to:
•	 Select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 
8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates 
and Errors and then apply them consistently
•	 Make judgements and accounting estimates that are 
reasonable and prudent
•	 Present information, including accounting policies, 
in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable 
and understandable information
•	 Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 
specific requirements in IFRSs and in respect of the parent 
company financial statements, FRS 101, is insufficient 
to enable users to understand the impact of particular 
transactions, other events and conditions on the Group 
and Company financial position and performance
•	 In respect of the Group financial statements, state whether 
UK-adopted international accounting standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements
•	 In respect of the parent company financial statements, 
state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards, 
including FRS 101, have been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements
•	 	Prepare the financial statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Company and/ or the Group will continue in business
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s and Group’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that the 
Company and the Group financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and parent company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are 
also responsible for preparing a Strategic report, Directors’ 
report, Directors’ remuneration report and Corporate 
Governance statement that comply with that law and 
those regulations. The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial 
information included on the Company’s website. 
The Directors confirm, to the best of their knowledge:
•	 That the consolidated financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 
standards give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the parent company and 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole 
•	 That the Annual Report, including the Strategic report, 
includes a true and fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that they face
•	 That they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, business model 
and strategy
For and on behalf of the Board.
Andy Hornby	
Kirk Davis
Chief Executive Officer	
Chief Financial Officer
7 March 2023	
7 March 2023
Overview
Strategic report
Financial Statements
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 71
Governance

Independent Auditor’s report
to the members of The Restaurant Group plc
Opinion
In our opinion:
•	 The Restaurant Group plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) 
give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 01 January 2023 and of the 
group’s loss for the year then ended;
•	 the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards; 
•	 the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and
•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of The Restaurant Group plc (the “parent company”) and its subsidiaries (the 
“group”) for the year ended 01 January 2023 which comprise:
Group
Parent company
Consolidated balance sheet as at 1 January 2023
Balance sheet as at 1 January 2023
Consolidated income statement for the year then ended
Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year 
then ended
Related notes 1 to 6 to the financial statements including 
a summary of significant accounting policies
Consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended
Related notes 1 to 27 to the financial statements,  
including a summary of significant accounting policies
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable 
law and UK adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).
Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. 
We are independent of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, 
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
72

Conclusions relating to going concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group 
and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
•	 confirming our understanding of the Group’s going concern assessment process and Management’s related Board papers; 
•	 assessing and challenging the appropriateness of the duration of the going concern review period to end of March 2024 
and considered whether there are any known events or conditions that will occur in the short-term following the going 
concern period which would impact our considerations; 
•	 validating the covenants and terms of the debt facilities included in the model to executed debt agreements and 
reperformed the calculation of the Net Debt and minimum liquidity covenants against the terms of these agreements;
•	 challenging whether the cashflow forecasts and assumptions included within the base, stress cases and reverse stress 
are appropriate by comparing them to internal Board approved budget and external sources such as industry benchmarks. 
The most significant assumptions for the forecasts are the growth rates applied to each of the divisions, and the food 
and utilities inflationary rates;
•	 we have assessed the consistency of the base case cash flows with the cash flow forecasts used within our impairment 
assessment;
•	 further challenging the cashflow forecasts with reference to historical trends, granular weekly sales and qualitative detail 
on the expectation for each business unit and assessing that the downside sensitivity has been appropriately applied 
within the stress case. We have considered the extent to which any evidence or market forecasts which may contradict 
the assumptions used in managements forecast;
•	 challenging the customer base of the different divisions within the group to consider any expected impact on their 
spending levels as a result of the cost-of-living crisis;
•	 reperforming the reverse stress test scenario and challenging the likelihood of occurrence as remote; 
•	 challenging the integrity of the model used by re-performing calculations and testing the formulas being applied 
throughout; 
•	 challenging management on their mitigating actions which include the ability to increase price, undertake a central cost 
reduction program and further reductions in capital expenditure plans. We challenge whether these are within their control. 
As part of this we have challenged the time needed for these to have an impact and also the point in time in which these 
might need to be activated;
•	 reviewing the latest available weekly sales report to the end of February 2023 to compare actual results against the 
forecast prepared;
•	 considering any events after the going concern period which may impact our conclusion, noting no material events;
•	 enquiring for any climate change commitments in the going concern period and challenging whether any associated cash 
outflows should be included within the forecasts; and
•	 assessing the appropriateness of the going concern disclosures in describing the risks associated with the Group’s ability 
to continue as a going concern for the review period to the end of March 2024. 
The key observations we communicated to the Audit Committee were that the group following the amend and extend 
refinancing arrangements agreed in December 2022, has committed borrowing facilities and available liquidity through the 
going concern period (under both the base case and downside case). In management’s base case and sensitised scenarios 
(which reflect a slowdown in customer spending influenced by the current cost of living crisis, however partially offset by 
planned price increases) the group remains in compliance with most sensitive covenant, the Net Debt:EBITDA covenant, 
through the going concern period, as well as the RCF:EBITDA covenant. In addition, based on the reverse stress testing, 
the events that would lead to liquidity being compromised were considered of remote likelihood by management.
Going concern has also been determined to be a key audit matter.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period to 31 March 2024.
In relation to the group and parent company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about 
whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 73
Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a 
guarantee as to the group’s ability to continue as a going concern. 
Overview of our audit approach
Audit scope
•	 We performed an audit of the complete financial information of the two 
components. 
•	 The components where we performed full audit procedures accounted for 100% 
of EBITDA before exceptional items, 100% of Revenue and 100% of Total assets.
Key audit matters
•	 Impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use asset
•	 Management override in recognition of revenue
•	 Going concern
Materiality
•	 Overall group materiality of £3.1m which represents 2.2% of EBITDA before 
exceptional items.
An overview of the scope of the parent company and group audits 
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit 
scope for each company within the Group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements. We take into account size, risk profile, the organisation of the group and effectiveness of group-wide controls, 
changes in the business environment, the potential impact of climate change and other factors when assessing the level of 
work to be performed at each company.
The components we performed audit procedures on accounted for 100% of the Group’s EBITDA before exceptional items, 
revenue and total assets. All audit work performed for the purposes of the audit was undertaken by the Group audit team.
Climate change 
Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will impact The Restaurant Group plc. The Group has 
determined that the most significant future impacts from climate change on their operations will be from higher sourcing 
costs/supply issues for ingredients caused by increased extreme weather events impacting harvests and the risk of 
increased extreme weather events (e.g. heatwaves, flooding) in the UK causing reduced footfall/restaurant closures and 
impacting staff travel and wellbeing. These are explained in the required Task Force for Climate related Financial Disclosures 
and in the principal risks and uncertainties. They have also explained their climate commitments on pages 26 to 34. All of 
these disclosures form part of the “Other information”, rather than the audited financial statements. Our procedures on these 
unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they are materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appear to be materially misstated, in line 
with our responsibilities on “Other information”. 
In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential impacts of climate change on the Group’s business and 
any consequential material impact on its financial statements. 
The group has explained in the basis of preparation (Note 1 of the financial statements) how they have reflected the impact 
of climate change in their financial statements. 
Our audit effort in considering the impact of climate change on the financial statements was focused on evaluating 
management’s assessment of the impact of climate risk, physical and transition, their climate commitments, the effects 
of material climate risks disclosed on pages 26 to 34 and the significant judgements and estimates disclosed in Note 1. 
As part of this evaluation, we performed our own risk assessment, supported by our climate change internal specialists, 
to determine the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements from climate change which needed to be 
considered in our audit. 
We also challenged the Directors’ considerations of climate change risks in their assessment of going concern and viability 
and associated disclosures. Where considerations of climate change were relevant to our assessment of going concern, 
these are described above. 
Based on our work we have not identified the impact of climate change on the financial statements to be a key audit matter 
or to impact a key audit matter. 
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
74

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether due 
to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, 
the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters.
Risk
Our response to the risk
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee
Impairment of property, plant and 
equipment and right-of-use asset 
(2022: £495.3m net book value and 
£106.4m net impairment charge; 
2021: £574.5m net book value and 
£25.9m net impairment charge)
Refer to the Audit Committee Report 
(page 46); Accounting policies (page 90); 
and Note 14 of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements (page 104)
At 01 January 2023 TRG operated c.409 
sites (2021: c.400) which comprise the 
majority of the Group’s property, plant 
and equipment (PPE) and right-of-use 
asset balance. As at 01 January 2023 
the carrying value of PPE is £257.7m 
(2021: £285.1m) and right-of-use asset 
is £237.6m (2021: £289.4m).
Management assessed for impairment 
indicators across all the group’s cash-
generating units (CGUs), considering a 
range of indicators including a CGU’s 
performance against budget and forecast 
EBITDA. 
Impairment for tangible assets is tested 
on the basis of each individual cash 
generating unit (CGU) – an individual 
restaurant or pub site or multiple sites 
that are in close proximity such as 
airports where trading is interdependent.
In addition to this, impairment for goodwill 
is tested on the basis of the groupings 
of each individual cash generating unit 
(CGU) to which the goodwill relates.
We gained an understanding through a 
walkthrough of the process and controls 
management has in place over the 
impairment process.
We validated that the methodology of the 
impairment exercise continues to be consistent 
with the requirements of IAS 36 Impairment of 
Assets, including appropriate identification of 
cash generating units for value in use 
calculations.
We confirmed the mathematical accuracy 
and integrity of the models. 
Below we summarise the procedures performed 
in relation to the key judgements for the tangible 
(PP&E and ROUA) assets impairment review:
We challenged management’s forecasts in 
calculating the value in use through challenging 
past and current performance and external future 
economic forecasts incorporating the impact of 
the cost-of-living crisis on the hospitality sector 
in the UK and inflation levels.
We critically challenged and assessed the 
three year growth rates and terminal growth 
rates applied by management by comparing 
to external forecasts and benchmarks.
We have assessed the process for allocating 
forecast cashflows to individual stores.
We re-performed sensitivity analysis based on 
reasonable possible changes to key assumptions 
determined by management being revenue, 
discount rate and long-term growth rate. 
We engaged our EY internal specialists to 
independently calculate the appropriate discount 
rate range and compare it to the discount rate 
applied in the models by management.
Based on our audit 
procedures we have 
concluded the impairment 
charge and reversal credit 
are appropriately determined. 
We highlighted that a 
reasonably possible change 
in certain key assumptions 
including sales forecasts and 
inflation could lead to material 
additional impairment charges 
or reversals in the future. 
We concluded appropriate 
disclosures had been 
included by management 
for the above assumptions. 
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 75
Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Risk
Our response to the risk
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee
Impairment of property, plant and 
equipment and right-of-use asset  
continued
This is a significant risk due to the level 
of management judgement required 
in the assumptions determining the 
impairment assessment. There were 
indicators of impairment across the group 
following the expectations of a shallow 
recession in 2023 and significant 
increases in inflationary pressure relating 
to cost of goods sold, labour and utilities.
Indicators of impairment reversals at 
certain sites which have improved trading 
prospects, mainly for airport sites which 
are driven in particular by the passenger 
recovery in airports. As such, the actual 
trading performance of these stores 
has been better than that budgeted 
in previous impairment assessments.
The main assumptions are revenue 
forecast on site-by-site cash flows, 
related cost profile, discount rate, 
three year forecasts for the CGU’s 
and the long-term growth rate.
The impairment charge is treated as 
exceptional in the Income Statement.
We assessed if there were indicators of impairment 
reversal given the passenger recovery in airport 
sites; and assessed management’s estimate of 
the reversal value, challenging whether there has 
been sufficient improved performance to support 
any reversal of impairment.
We have challenged the results of the impairment 
review of goodwill (and other intangible assets) 
alongside the results of the impairment review of 
property, plant and equipment and right-of-use 
assets to consider the recoverability of the assets 
of the Group in totality. 
We assessed the disclosures in notes to the 
financial statements against the requirements 
of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets, in particular 
the requirement to disclose further sensitivities 
for CGUs where a reasonably possible change 
in a key assumption would cause an impairment. 
We also assessed the related exceptional item 
accounting treatment by reference to the 
company’s accounting policy, industry 
practice and the FRC guidance.
Scope of our procedures
We performed full scope audit procedures 
over this risk area in the UK location (reviewing 
procedures on all of the Group’s restaurants, 
pubs and concession sites), which covered 
100% of the risk amount. 
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
76

Risk
Our response to the risk
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee
Management override in the 
recognition of revenue (2022: £883m; 
2021: £636.6m)
Refer to the Audit Committee Report 
(page 46); Accounting policies (page 91); 
and Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements (page 95).
There is a presumption within auditing 
standards that revenue recognition is a 
significant risk and a fraud risk. TRG’s 
revenue (for both components of the 
Group) is typically comprised of a large 
number of low value and non-complex 
transactions, with no judgement applied 
over the amount recorded. We will 
perform a separate correlation for 
both components of the Group. 
Thus, we consider the prime risk relating 
to revenue to be around management 
override of controls and topside journals 
to revenue across the two components, 
resulting in revenue being overstated or 
not recorded.
We gained an understanding through a 
walkthrough of the process and controls that 
management has in place over the recording 
of revenue, including the recording of top side 
journal adjustments. 
We applied correlation data analysis over 
the group’s entire revenue journal population 
to identify how much of the group’s revenue 
is converted to cash postings and to isolate 
non-standard revenue transactions for further 
analysis, focusing our testing on higher risk 
transactions identified. We selected the higher 
risk journal entries and other adjustments for 
testing throughout the period and paid special 
attention to the adjustments made at or near 
the end of the reporting period, post-closing 
adjustments and other adjustments made to 
record transactions outside the normal course of 
business and performed substantive procedures 
to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence 
that those entries were properly supported and 
approved. This has included performing testing 
of the revenue recognised in relation to gift cards 
and the deferred income recognised on the 
balance sheet with respect to unutilised gift cards.
We searched for any topside journals to revenue. 
We performed cut-off testing procedures including 
review of post period end cash receipts and 
journals, and an analytical review of significant 
variances to the prior year, to assess for 
completeness.
Scope of our procedures
We performed full scope audit procedures over 
all of the Group’s revenue, which covered 100% 
of the risk amount. 
We concluded that revenue 
was materially stated.
We did not identify any 
instances of management 
override in relation to revenue.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 77
Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Our application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements 
on the audit and in forming our audit opinion. 
Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the 
nature and extent of our audit procedures.
We determined materiality for the Group to be £3.1 million (2021: £2.7 million), which is 2.2% (2021: 2.4%) of EBITDA before 
exceptional items. We believe that EBITDA before exceptional items continues to be an appropriate materiality basis due its 
prominence in financial reporting to the Group’s equity and debt stakeholders.
We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be £6.8 million (2021: £6.8 million), which is 1% (2021: 1%) of net assets. 
•	 Exceptional items before tax – £8.5m
•	 EBITDA before exceptional items – £147.2m
•	 Materiality of £3.1m (2.2% of materiality basis)
•	 EBITDA – £138.7m
Materiality
Adjustments
Starting  
basis
During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial materiality to ensure it is updated appropriately to take into account 
the most appropriate metrics for the users of the financial statements.
Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately 
low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.
On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement 
was that performance materiality was 50% (2021: 50%) of our planning materiality, namely £1.5m (2021: £1.4m). We have set 
performance materiality at this percentage reflecting the incidence of audit differences identified in the previous year.
Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts 
is undertaken based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component 
is based on the relative scale and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of 
misstatement at that component. In the current year, the range of performance materiality allocated to components 
was £0.8m to £1.0m (2021: £1.0m).
Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £0.15m 
(2021: £0.14m), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and 
in light of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
78

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to 
report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•	 the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements 
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 
•	 the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in 
the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us 
to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or
•	 the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
•	 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit
Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 71, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control 
as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group and parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements. 
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 79
Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with 
our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement 
due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, 
for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable 
of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance 
of the company and management. 
•	 We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the group and determined 
that the most significant are Companies Act 2006, Health & Safety and food hygiene laws, Minimum Wage regulations 
and the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 which the Group chooses to comply with. 
•	 We understood how The Restaurant Group Plc is complying with those frameworks by making enquires of management 
and those responsible for legal and compliance procedures, including the Company Secretary. We corroborated our 
enquires through our review of board minutes, papers provided to the Audit and Risk Committees and correspondence 
received from regulatory bodies. 
•	 We assessed the susceptibility of the group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might 
occur by meeting with management within various part of the business to understand where they considered there was 
susceptibility to fraud. We also considered performance targets and their influence on efforts made by management to 
manage earnings or influence the perception of analysts. Where the risk was considered to be higher, we performed audit 
procedures to address each identified fraud risk. These procedures included testing manual journals and were designed 
to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements were free from material fraud or error. 
•	 Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations. 
Our procedures involved a review of board minutes to identify noncompliance with laws and regulations, a review of the 
reporting to the Audit Committee on compliance and regulations, enquires of the Company Secretary and management, 
and journal entry review. 
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Other matters we are required to address 
•	 Following the recommendation from the audit committee, we were appointed by the company on 9 October 2018 to audit 
the financial statements for the year ending 30 December 2018 and subsequent financial periods. 
•	 The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments is 5 years, covering the 
years ending 30 December 2018 to 01 January 2023. 
•	 The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company 
and we remain independent of the group and the parent company in conducting the audit. 
•	 The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are 
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit 
work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 
Julie Carlyle (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
London 
8 March 2023
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
80

Consolidated income statement 
Note
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
53 weeks ended 2 January 2022
Trading 
business
£m
Exceptional 
items  
(Note 7)
£m
Total
£m
Trading 
business
£m
Exceptional 
items  
(Note 7)1
£m
Total 1
£m
Revenue
883.0
–
883.0
636.6
–
636.6
Cost of sales 2
(762.8)
(120.7)
(883.5)
(548.2)
(23.7)
(571.9)
Gross profit/(loss)
5
120.2
(120.7)
(0.5)
88.4
(23.7)
64.7
Share of results of associate
–
–
–
(0.3)
–
(0.3)
Administration costs 2
(47.5)
(1.7)
(49.2)
(51.0)
(1.6)
(52.6)
Operating profit/(loss)
72.7
(122.4)
(49.7)
37.1
(25.3)
11.8
Interest payable
8
(42.3)
(7.0)
(49.3)
(45.7)
(1.9)
(47.6)
Interest receivable
8
0.3
11.9
12.2
0.6
–
0.6
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities 
before tax
30.7
(117.5)
(86.8)
(8.0)
(27.2)
(35.2)
Tax on profit/(loss) from 
ordinary activities
9
(4.9)
23.2
18.3
4.3
(9.4)
(5.1)
Profit/(loss) for the year
25.8
(94.3)
(68.5)
(3.7)
(36.6)
(40.3)
Other comprehensive income
Foreign exchange differences arising 
on consolidation
(0.4)
–
(0.4)
0.1
–
0.1
Total comprehensive profit/(loss)
25.4
(94.3)
(68.9)
(3.6)
(36.6)
(40.2)
Profit/(loss) per share (pence)
Rights adjusted basic 1
10
3.3
–
(9.0)
(0.5)
–
(5.6)
Rights adjusted diluted 1
10
3.4
–
(9.0)
(0.5)
–
(5.6)
EBITDA
147.2
(8.5)
138.7
115.2
0.6
115.8
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
(74.5)
(113.9)
(188.4)
(78.1)
(25.9)
(104.0)
Operating profit/(loss) 
72.7
(122.4)
(49.7)
37.1
(25.3)
11.8
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
2	 Cost of sales and administration reclassification in the current year – refer to Note 2.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 81
Financial Statements

Consolidated balance sheet 
Note
At  
1 January 
2023 
£m
At  
2 January  
20221 
£m
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
11
604.1
599.9
Right of use assets
12
237.6
289.4
Property, plant and equipment
13
257.7
285.1
Derivative financial instruments
23
15.4
2.1
Trade and other receivables
15
8.2
4.7
Total assets
1,123.0
1,181.2
Current assets
Inventory
6.5
6.0
Trade and other receivables
15
18.3
13.9
Prepayments
8.0
6.1
Cash and cash equivalents
23
27.7
146.5
60.5
172.5
Total assets
1,183.5
1,353.7
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
16
(160.7)
(128.3)
Provisions 1
17
(2.3)
(3.1)
Lease liabilities
18
(55.0)
(73.1)
(218.0)
(204.5)
Net current liabilities
(157.5)
(32.0)
Long-term borrowings
23
(213.4)
(318.1)
Deferred tax liabilities 1
19
(25.8)
(43.6)
Provisions 1
17
(5.3)
(3.2)
Lease liabilities
18
(341.0)
(337.3)
(585.5)
(702.2)
Total liabilities
(803.5)
(906.7)
Net assets
380.0
447.0
Equity
Share capital
20
215.2
215.2
Share premium
–
394.1
Other reserves
1.6
0.1
Retained earnings 1
163.2
(162.4)
Total equity
380.0
447.0
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
The financial statements of The Restaurant Group plc (company registration number: SC030343) on pages 81 to 117 
were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 7 March 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:
Andy Hornby 	
Kirk Davis
CEO	
CFO
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
82

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Note
Share  
capital
£m
Share 
premium
£m
Other 
reserves
£m
Retained 
earnings 
£m
Total
£m
Balance at 27 December 2020
165.9
276.6
(3.9)
(131.3)
307.3
Loss for the year 1
–
–
–
(31.1)
(31.1)
Other comprehensive income
–
–
0.1
–
0.1
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
–
–
0.1
(31.1)
(31.0)
Gross proceeds from share issue
49.3
125.9
–
–
175.2
Share issue transaction costs
–
(8.4)
–
–
(8.4)
Share-based payments
–
–
3.4
–
3.4
Deferred tax on share-based payments 
taken directly to other reserves
19
–
–
0.5
–
0.5
Balance at 2 January 2022
215.2
394.1
0.1
(162.4)
447.0
Loss for the year
–
–
–
(68.5)
(68.5)
Other comprehensive income
–
–
(0.4)
–
(0.4)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
–
–
(0.4)
(68.5)
(68.9)
Cancellation of share premium
20
–
(394.1)
–
394.1
–
Share-based payments
–
–
2.4
–
2.4
Deferred tax on share-based payments  
taken directly to other reserves
19
–
–
(0.5)
–
(0.5)
Balance at 1 January 2023
215.2
–
1.6
163.2
380.0
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 83
Financial Statements

Consolidated cash flow statement
Note
52 weeks 
ended 
1 January  
2023
£m
53 weeks 
ended 
2 January  
2022
£m
Operating activities
Cash generated from operations 
22
150.5
128.1
Interest received
–
–
Interest paid
(21.3)
(20.6)
Corporation tax (paid)/repayment
–
(2.6)
Payment against provisions 1
17
(1.7)
(5.6)
Payment of exceptional costs 1
7
(8.6)
(7.7)
Net cash flows from operating activities
118.9
91.6
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
13
(54.2)
(31.1)
Purchase of intangible assets
11
(5.4)
(2.7)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
0.8
–
Investment in associate
–
(0.3)
Purchase of Barburrito Group Limited
27
(6.3)
–
Net cash flows from investing activities
(65.1)
(34.1)
Financing activities
Net proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital
20
–
166.8
Repayment of obligations under leases
18
(59.8)
(48.7)
Repayment of borrowings
23
(110.0)
(383.6)
Drawdown of borrowings
23
–
330.0
Upfront loan facility fee paid
23
(1.4)
(14.6)
Derivative financial instruments fees paid
23
(1.4)
(1.6)
Net cash flows used in financing activities
(172.6)
48.3
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(118.8)
105.8
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
23
146.5
40.7
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
23
27.7
146.5
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
84

Notes to the consolidated accounts 
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts
The Restaurant Group plc (the “Company”) is a public listed company incorporated and registered in Scotland. 
The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 1 January 2023 comprise the Company and 
its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”). The principal activity of the Group during the period continued 
to be the operation of pubs and restaurants. 
(a) Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK Adopted International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.
(b) Going concern basis
The directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and Accounts after assessing the 
Group’s principal risks including current macroeconomic headwinds, relating to the cost-of-living crisis, elevated levels of 
inflation and utility market volatility. In conducting their review, the Directors have concluded that the Group, and Company, 
has sufficient liquidity and covenant headroom for the going concern review period to 31 March 2024. 
The Group has substantial liquidity with £139m in cash and cash equivalents, or available facilities at the balance sheet date. 
Following an amend and extend in December 2022 these facilities are committed until at least March 2027. The facilities 
consist of a £220m Term loan and a £120m RCF. Further details of the Group’s debt facilities and covenants are in Note 15 
to the Accounts. 
Whilst the Group has an encouraging start to the year, with current trading above forecast, the Directors remain cautious 
about the ability for our customers to continue their current level of spending in our restaurants and pubs whilst their cost-of-
living crisis continues and specifically the unprecedented increases in UK household energy bills. In preparing the “base 
case” forecast for the period of going concern to 31 March 2024, the Directors have assumed that sales volumes would 
moderate marginally throughout the period from current levels and have included the impact of inflation at its current elevated 
levels throughout 2023 and then a moderation of inflation in 2024. In this forecast, available liquidity does not drop below 
£104.5m compared to a minimum liquidity covenant of £40m, and Senior Secured Net Leverage does not exceed 2.9x 
against a covenant of no more than 5.0x. 
In addition, the Board has considered a “stress case” scenario where sales volumes have been further reduced by 5% across 
all divisions and with the benefit of 1% incremental price, the net impact on sales is assumed to be 4% below the base case. 
In this “stress case” scenario following management mitigation, which includes the ability to further increase our selling 
prices, conduct a central cost reduction programme and to refine our uncommitted capital expenditure plans, liquidity falls to 
a minimum of £89m, and Senior Secured Net Leverage increases to 3.4x but still within the covenants of the Group’s banking 
facilities. 
The Board have also considered a reverse stress case to determine the level by which sales volume would need to fall from 
the “base case” before there is a risk of a leverage covenant breach, which is the most sensitive covenant. Pre-mitigating 
actions, the level of sales volume decline compared to the base case is 7.4%. Following mitigating actions, that are 
completely within managements control, which includes the ability to increase selling prices, conduct a far more extensive 
central cost reduction program and further refinement to capital expenditure plans the level of sales volume decline 
compared to the base case increases to 14.6%. The Board considers this level of sales volume decline over a sustained 12 
month period as remote due to current trading (in the first eight weeks) being ahead of the base case, the current economic 
outlook from the Bank of England and the International Monetary Fund is for a shallow recession in 2023 and that during the 
last economic recession the Group only experienced a modest sales decline of less than 2% in 2009 compared to the prior 
year and less than 1% in 2010 when compared to2009. 
However, if this level of sales volume decline was experienced on a sustained basis, the Group would take further decisive 
actions which is within its control to reduce further both its operating costs and capital expenditure to mitigate the potential 
risk of a covenant breach. Furthermore, the directors would also engage with its lending group for covenant waivers, which 
were provided during the pandemic given similarly extreme circumstances. 
As a result of the above analysis, where the base and stress case show adequate liquidity and leverage covenant headroom 
and the level of sales volume decline required in a reverse stress case to risk a covenant breach is considered remote, 
the Board has a reasonable expectation that the Group, and Company, have adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the period to 31 March 2024. On this basis, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
preparation.
(c) Basis of preparation
The financial year runs to a Sunday within seven days of 31 December each year which will be a 52 or 53 week period. 
The year ended 1 January 2023 was a 52 week period, with the comparative year to 2 January 2022 being a 53 week period.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 85
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued
The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest hundred 
thousand except when otherwise indicated. They have been prepared on the historical cost basis, with the exception of 
derivative financial assets which are held at fair value. 
The consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with UK Adopted International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) and in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, requires management to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to 
be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision 
and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.
The Group’s risk assessment process identified a number of material risks to the business together with mitigating plans 
established to manage the risk in accordance with our risk appetite. See pages 69 to 70. Climate related risks were included 
as an integral element of individual risks identified, where appropriate. 
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors considered the impact of climate change, particularly in the context of 
the risks identified in the Group’s TCFD disclosure on pages 26 to 34. The Directors do not consider that there is a material 
impact on the financial statements from climate change. In particular, climate change was considered in respect to the 
following areas:
•	 The carrying value and useful economic lives of property, plant and equipment
•	 Estimations of cash flows used in impairment assessments of non-current assets
•	 Going concern and viability assessments over the next three years, including capital expenditure forecasts
As the Group’s risk assessment process is iterative and the impact of any risk can change over time, the Group will continue 
to assess whether climate change has had or will have a material impact on the business, its operations, and the preparation 
of financial statements.
Future accounting policies
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, there is expected to be no material impact to the Group’s financial 
statements from IFRSs, IFRICs or other standards or interpretations that have been issued but which are not yet effective.
New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that 
have been issued but are not yet effective and had not yet been adopted by the UK Endorsement Board:
•	 Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2) (effective date 1 January 2023)
•	 Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8) (effective date 1 January 2023)
•	 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (Amendments to IAS 1) and Deferral of Effective Date Amendment 
(effective date 1 January 2023)
The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial 
statements of the Group in future years and will adopt the new and revised IFRSs as and when they become effective. 
Changes in accounting policies
During the year, the Group has adopted the following new standards and interpretations. These have not had a material 
impact on the financial statements.
•	 IBOR Phase 2 (effective date 1 January 2021)
•	 Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use – Amendments to IAS 16 (effective date 1 January 2022)
•	 Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract – Amendments to IAS 37 
•	 Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 
•	 Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
86

d) Basis of consolidation
(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company possess power over the investee, has 
exposure to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to use its power over the investee to affect 
its returns. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that 
control commences until the date that control ceases.
(ii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intragroup balances and any gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions are eliminated 
in preparing the consolidated financial statements. 
(e) Foreign currency – transactions and balances
Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange ruling at the date of the balance 
sheet. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. 
The resulting exchange differences are recognised in the consolidated income statement. Exchange differences arising 
from the retranslation of the net equity in associates is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income.
(f) Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation (see below) and net impairment 
losses (see accounting policy l). Cost is the amount of cash or cash equivalents paid or the fair value of the other 
consideration given to acquire an asset at the time of its acquisition or construction.
Pre-opening costs
Pre-opening costs are deferred until the site opens. On opening of the site, an analysis is performed on all costs held on the 
balance sheet for the site and split into capital and non-capital expenditure. All non-capital expenditure is recognised in the 
income statement from the date of opening. Capital expenditure is held in property, plant and equipment and depreciated 
over the useful economic life. 
For sites which have incurred depreciation on an associated right of use asset, where the site is under construction, the 
depreciation charge is capitalised up to the date of opening, unless abnormal wastage is deemed to have arisen at which 
point the related costs are recognised within the income statement during the period abnormal wastage occurred. 
Subsequent costs
The Group recognises in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing part of such 
an item when that cost is incurred if it is probable that enhanced future economic benefits embodied with the item will flow 
to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other costs are recognised in the income statement as 
an expense as incurred.
Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis to the residual value over the estimated useful lives 
of each part of an item of property, plant and equipment. The estimated useful lives are as follows:
Freehold land	
Indefinite
Freehold buildings 	
50 years
Leasehold improvements	
Term of lease or 50 years, whichever is lower
Fixtures and equipment 	
3-10 years
Computer equipment 	
3-5 years
The estimated useful lives and residual values applied are reviewed at each reporting date with any changes in estimates 
being applied prospectively.
Intangible assets – Goodwill
All business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. Goodwill represents amounts arising on 
acquisition of subsidiaries. In respect of business acquisitions that have occurred since 1 January 2004, goodwill represents 
the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.
Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to groups of CGUs encompassing 
all sites operating under that brand, including any additional new sites. Goodwill is not subject to amortisation but is formally 
tested for impairment at least annually or when an impairment trigger has arisen (see accounting policy l).
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 87
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued
Intangible assets – Trademarks
Trademarks are recognised at fair value less any accumulated impairment losses. Trademarks are allocated to groups of 
CGUs defined by the original acquisition group. Trademarks assessed to have an indefinite useful economic life are formally 
tested for impairment at least annually or when an impairment trigger has arisen (see accounting policy l).
Intangible assets – Franchise agreements
Franchise agreements are stated at fair value less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Franchise agreements are amortised to the income statement using the straight-line method over 15 years, which is the 
shorter of their estimated useful lives and periods of contractual rights. 
Software and IT development
Software and IT development are stated at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Software and IT development are amortised to the income statement using the straight-line method over three to five years.
For implementation costs in a cloud service contract which are distinct from the related software, the costs are recognised 
as an expense as incurred (as the service is received) unless it gives rise to a separate intangible asset. The costs of services 
provided by the cloud vendor, which are not distinct from access to the software are recognised as an expense over the 
period of access to the software.
(g) Leases
i) Right of use assets
Right of use assets are initially measured at the value of the corresponding lease liability and subsequently adjusted for depreciation 
and for any remeasurement of the lease liability. Right of use assets are assessed for impairment where required by IAS 36. 
The right of use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier 
of the end of the useful economic life of the right of use asset or the end of the lease term. 
ii) Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities under IFRS 16 are initially recorded at the present value of future lease payments (discounted using the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate, which we estimate with reference to our debt facilities and observed bond yields). 
Lease liabilities include the net present value of fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease 
incentives receivable and variable payments.
Lease liabilities may be recalculated in some situations as stipulated by IFRS 16, including where the terms of a lease are 
modified, which can also result in a separate lease being recognised. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease 
payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be 
payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, 
extension or termination option. Such changes to the amount of the lease liability will be also reflected in the corresponding 
right of use asset, except where a reduction in the asset would result in a negative outcome, in which case the asset’s value 
is reduced to nil and the residual credit recorded in profit or loss.
In determining the lease term and assessing the length of the non-cancellable period of a lease, an entity shall apply the definition 
of a contract and determine the period for which the contract is enforceable. A lease is no longer enforceable when the lessee and 
lessor each has the right to terminate the lease without permission from the other party with no more than an insignificant penalty.
iii) Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group has elected not to recognise right of use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have a lease term of 
12 months or less and leases of low-value assets, including IT equipment. The Group recognises the lease payments 
associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Group as lessor
The Group has a number of contractual headlease agreements in place with its landlords, giving the Group the option to sub-lease 
these properties to licensees. Where the sublease transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the underlying 
asset, the head lease right of use asset has been derecognised and a net investment in the sublease will be recognised. Where the 
sublease does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the underlying asset, the headlease has been 
recognised as a right of use asset and liability on the consolidated balance sheet, while any subleases are recognised as operating 
leases. This operating lease recognition is based on the substance of the transaction, as the sublease has a shorter tenure than the 
headlease and once the sublease ends, the use and benefit of the property returns to the Group.
Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. 
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
88

(h) Financial assets
Classification
The classification of financial assets depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management 
determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. 
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an 
active market. They are included in current assets and non-current assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise 
“cash and cash equivalents” and “other receivables” in the balance sheet. 
Other receivables are amounts due from suppliers or sub tenants in the ordinary course of business. Other receivables are 
recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment less expected credit loss.
Fair value through profit and loss
Financial assets classified as fair value through profit and loss relate to interest rate cap derivative instruments that the Group 
entered into during 2021 and 2022.
Recognition and measurement
Loans and receivables
Financial assets are recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provisions for impairment. Impairment 
of financial assets is based on management’s estimate of future cash inflows.
Fair value through profit and loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are carried in the statement of financial position at fair value with net 
changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.
(i) Financial liabilities – Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at 
amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised 
in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate 
is calculated upon initial recognition of a financial liability and discounts contractual cash flows through the life of the related 
financial instrument. In calculating the contractual cash flows management has used external estimates of the future SONIA 
rate and management forecasts of Group performance used within the going concern assessment. 
Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is 
probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. This is also applicable to fees for amendments to the loan 
facilities. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that 
some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortised over 
the period of the facility to which it relates.
An exchange of debt instruments with substantially different terms is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original 
financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability. Similarly, a substantial modification of the terms of an existing 
financial liability is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial 
liability. In a non-substantial modification, the liability is restated based on the net present value of the revised cash flows 
discounted at the original effective interest rate.
(j) Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined in accordance with the weighted average 
inventory costing model, including applicable commercial discounts. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.
(k) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise bank balances, cash balances on hand and in restaurants, and cash-in-transit for credit 
card transactions made within 72 working hours, providing there is no risk of cash return. 
Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short term deposits are made for varying 
periods of between one day and six months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest 
at the respective short term deposit rates.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 89
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued
(l) Impairment
The Group formally determines whether the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and right of use assets 
(“RoUA”) are impaired by considering indicators of impairment annually. Impairment for tangible assets is tested on the basis 
of each individual cash generating unit (CGU) – an individual restaurant or pub site or multiple sites that are in close proximity, 
such as airports where trading is interdependent. For intangible assets, the testing is performed at the level of the relevant 
group of CGUs that benefit from the goodwill or other intangible asset. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the 
carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. This requires the Group to determine the lowest 
level of assets which generate largely independent cash flows and to determine their recoverable amount, based on 
estimating the value-in-use or the fair value less cost of disposal of these assets or CGUs; and compare these to their 
carrying value. Impairment losses for property, plant and equipment are recognised in the income statement.
Impairment losses recognised in prior periods for property, plant and equipment and RoUA shall be reversed where there is 
an indication that the impairment no longer exists. Where an impairment reversal is recognised, the carrying amount of the 
asset will be increased to its recoverable amount with the increase being recognised in the income statement. This increased 
amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss 
been recognised for the asset in prior years.
For goodwill and assets that have an indefinite useful economic life, the recoverable amount is estimated annually. Goodwill 
impairment losses are recognised in the income statement and are not subsequently reversed. For the purpose of 
impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units expected to benefit from the synergies 
of the combination.
(m) Share-based payment transactions
The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes. These schemes allow Group employees to acquire shares 
of the Company and all options are equity-settled. The fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee expense 
with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which 
the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The Black-Scholes model is used to measure the fair value 
of the options granted. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options that are 
expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions and service conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision 
to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
(n) Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of 
a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are 
determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the 
time value of money. 
(o) Onerous property costs
The Group has a number of site related contractual commitments that are onerous and not included in the scope of IFRS 16. 
Where these exist, typically for closed site or loss-making trading sites, the Group provides for its estimate of the minimum 
cost of exiting the contracted commitments, such as service charges and dilapidations obligations where these are included 
in the contracts with landlords.
Estimates have been made with respect to the amounts of future expenditures for site closure costs, which are reviewed 
semi-annually and are based on readily available information at the reporting date as well as management’s historical 
experience of similar transactions.
(p) Deferred and current tax
Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation 
authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted at 
the reporting date in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income. Current income tax relating to 
items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the statement of profit or loss.
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on 
tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
90

(q) Pensions
The Group makes contributions for eligible workers into defined contribution pension plans and these contributions are 
charged to the income statement as they are accrued. The Group does not operate any defined benefit plans.
(r) Revenue
Revenue represents sales from restaurants, pubs and concession sites, including food and beverages and both dine-in 
and delivery sales (excluding value added tax and voluntary gratuities left by customers for the benefit of employees), and 
is recognised at the point of completion of a transaction with a customer. Commission payable on delivery is recognised 
in cost of sales.
Where the Group operates a concession unit under a franchise agreement, it acts as principal in this trading arrangement. 
All revenue from franchise arrangements is recognised by the Group at the point of sale, and licensing fees are recognised 
in cost of sales as the goods are sold.
Where the Group acts as a franchisor in a trading relationship, licensing fees are recognised in cost of sales based on the 
turnover of the franchise site. Royalty revenue is accrued in line with reported sales performance once revenue can be 
reliably measured. 
(s) Other income – rental income
Rental income is derived from sites where the Group is the lessor. Rental income is recognised in the income statement as 
earned. Provisions are made for any expected credit losses. Where any lease incentives are provided to the lessee (such as 
rent-free periods), such incentives are accounted for as a reduction in lease income over the lease term. 
(t) Expenses
Borrowing costs
Debt is stated net of borrowing costs which are spread over the term of the loan. All other borrowings costs are recognised in 
the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.
Commercial discounts
Commercial discounts represent a reduction in cost of goods and services in accordance with negotiated supplier contracts, 
the majority of which are based on purchase volumes. Commercial discounts are recognised in the period in which they are 
earned and to the extent that any variable targets have been achieved in that financial period. 
Exceptional items
In order to illustrate the trading performance of the Group, presentation has been made of performance measures excluding 
those exceptional items which it is considered would distort the comparability of the Group’s results. Exceptional items are 
defined as those items that, by virtue of their unusual nature or size, warrant separate additional disclosure in the financial 
statements in order to fully understand the performance of the Group. 
The Group’s income statement provides a reconciliation of the adjusted profitability measures, excluding exceptional items to 
the equivalent unadjusted IFRS measures. Exceptional items are then further detailed in Note 7. 
(u) Associates
An Associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a 
joint venture. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and opiating policy decisions of the investee but 
is not control or joint control over those policies.
(v) Dividends
In accordance with IAS 10 “Events after the Balance Sheet Date”, dividends declared after the balance sheet date are not 
recognised as a liability at that balance sheet date, and are recognised in the financial statements when they have received 
approval by shareholders.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 91
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued
Critical accounting judgements and estimates
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, as described above, the Directors are required to make judgements (other than 
those involving estimations) that have a significant impact on the amounts recognised, and to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in 
making these critical judgements and estimates, actual outcomes could be different. The most significant of these are below.
Estimates
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed by management on an ongoing basis, with revisions recognised in the 
period in which the estimates are revised, and in any future period affected. The areas that may have a significant risk of 
resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are as follows:
i) Impairment of non-current assets
As disclosed in Note 14, the impairment reviews of non-current assets require several estimates to determine the value-in-use 
of each CGU. The key estimates are in relation to the discount rate, the calculation of the future cash flows and the longer 
term growth rate. These have been disclosed with sensitivities in Note 14.
Given the uncertainties arising due to the current cost-of-living crisis impacting customer demand in the trading environment, 
the range of possible cashflow outcomes is wider than normal as disclosed in the sensitivity analysis. The future cash flows 
have been forecast taking into account using the “base case” and “stress case” scenarios as outlined in the Going Concern 
section of this note and in the Financial Review.
An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment 
losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such an indication exists, the CGU’s recoverable amount is estimated. 
A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimated future cash flows used 
to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. In addition, judgemental risk 
factors are applied to the cashflows so as to take account of the higher risk volatility associated with improved trading 
expectations. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased 
amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss 
been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such a reversal is recognised in the consolidated income statement. After such 
a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s carrying amount, less any residual 
value, on a straight-line basis over its remaining useful economic life.
ii) Forecast business cashflows
For purposes of the going concern assessment and as an input into the impairment assessment, the Group make estimates 
of likely future cash flows which are based on assumptions given the uncertainties involved. The assumptions include the 
cost of labour and supplies and working capital movements. These assumptions are made by management based on recent 
performance, external forecasts and management’s knowledge and expertise of the cashflow drivers.
iii) Provisions for onerous property costs
As disclosed in Note 17, the Group has made a provision for the contracted property-related costs of onerous sites. These 
include sites which are vacant; sublet for periods shorter than the related headlease term, or for below the headlease rental 
value; and loss-making sites. The Group measures these provisions using the expected value method. 
The Group recognises a provision for the contractual length of time required to meet the obligations before landlords retake 
possession of these sites.
iv) Lease discount rate
The Group is required to make an assessment to ensure the discount rate assumptions appropriately reflect current market 
assessments of the incremental borrowing rate, to value the lease liabilities and right of use assets disclosed.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
92

Critical accounting judgements
The following critical judgement, that the Directors made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, has the 
most significant effect on the amounts recorded in the financial statements.
i) Lease term
IFRS 16 defines lease term as the non-cancellable period of a lease together with options to renew or break a lease, if the 
lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option. The assessment of lease term is a significant judgement. Where leases 
include an option to extend or reduce the lease term, the group makes a lease-by-lease assessment as to whether it is 
reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. This assessment considers the length of the time before any renewal 
or break option is exercisable, plus current and forecast site trading. 
ii) Indefinite useful life of trademarks
When trademarks are acquired, the Company is required to assess the useful economic life of that trademark. The Group 
has assessed that the Wagamama trademark has an indefinite useful economic life and does not amortise this asset.
This assessment is based on an annual review of the current strength of the trademark using a set of agreed criteria which 
include LFL sales growth versus the market, Net Promoter Score (NPS), staff retention and investment in the brand. All of 
these indicate that the brand remains relevant and demonstrates Wagamama’s relative strength in the market. In addition, 
the Group has committed to invest to maintain the brand’s market-leading position, and following the refinancing, have the 
required funding to deliver on that commitment.
iii) Segmental Analysis
Management has determined the operating segments based on the information provided to the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker. The Group concluded that it has four operating segments as defined by IFRS 8 (Wagamama, Pubs, Leisure and 
Concessions). 
The Directors considered the expected near-term performance of the Leisure division during the cost-of-living crisis, and the 
longer-term projections considering the planned restructuring of the division during 2023 and 2024. The Directors concluded 
that the long-term economic characteristics of the Leisure division post-restructuring were similar to that of the other trading 
divisions within the Group, and therefore it was appropriate to aggregate the results. 
It is the Directors’ judgment that all of the segments meet the requirements for aggregation under IFRS 8. 
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 93
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
2 Restatement of comparatives
Where the Group holds a lease for a site that is no longer trading, a closed site provision is recognised for the costs to be 
incurred until the expected exit date. The Group’s policy is that this should be all unavoidable costs which includes utilities, 
service charges and insurance, and has also historically included business rates. As a result of the additional guidance 
issued in relation to IFRIC 21 “Levies” in 2022, the Group has reassessed its policy in this area and concluded that business 
rates are a statutory obligation rather than a contractual obligation. As such prior period comparatives have been restated to 
remove business rates from closed site provisions. The resulting restatements are disclosed below. 
As originally 
disclosed
£m
Adjustment
£m
As restated
£m
Balance sheet at 27 December 2020
Current provisions
(4.3)
3.0
(1.3)
Non-current provisions
(8.3)
8.3
–
Deferred tax liability
(39.7)
(2.2)
(41.9)
Retained earnings
(131.3)
9.1
(122.2)
As originally 
disclosed
£m
Adjustment
£m
As restated
£m
Balance sheet at 2 January 2022
Current provisions
(6.0)
2.9
(3.1)
Non-current provisions
(9.3)
6.1
(3.2)
Deferred tax liability
(41.9)
(1.7)
(43.6)
Retained earnings
(169.7)
7.3
(162.4)
Income statement for the 53 weeks ended 2 January 2022
Exceptional cost of sales
(21.4)
(2.3)
(23.7)
Exceptional taxation
(9.8)
0.4
(9.4)
Reclassification of cost of sales and administrative expenses in the current year
In the year ended 1 January 2023, the Directors have adjusted the allocation of cost of sales and administration expenses 
to more appropriately reflect the nature of costs incurred. No adjustment has been made to the prior year figures. Had an 
adjustment been made costs of sales in the year ended 2 January 2022 would have been £4.0m greater and administration 
expenses reduced by an equivalent amount.
3 Segmental analysis
IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires operating segments to be based on the Group’s internal reporting to its Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM is regarded as the combined Executive team of the Chief Executive Officer and the 
Chief Financial Officer. 
The Group has four operating segments of:
•	 Wagamama
•	 Pubs
•	 Leisure
•	 Concessions
It is the Directors’ judgment that all of the segments meet the requirements for aggregation under IFRS 8. The economic 
characteristics of these businesses, including Gross Margin, Net Margin, EBITDA and Sales trajectory, have been reviewed 
by the Directors along with the non-financial criteria of IFRS 8. The Directors considered the expected near-term performance 
of the Leisure division during the cost-of-living crisis, and the longer-term projections considering the planned restructuring of 
the division during 2023 and 2024. The Directors concluded that the long-term economic characteristics of the Leisure 
division post-restructuring were similar to that of the other trading divisions within the Group, and therefore it was appropriate 
to aggregate the results.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
94

Geographical Segments
The Group trades primarily within the United Kingdom and generates revenue from the operation of restaurants, with 
substantially all revenue generated within the United Kingdom. The Group generates some revenue from franchise royalties 
primarily in Europe and the Middle East. The segmentation between geographical location does not meet the quantitative 
thresholds and so has not been disclosed.
4 Reconciliation to underlying profit
The results used by the Directors to monitor and review the performance of the Group continue to reflect the IAS 17 
approach to accounting and a number of the key metrics used in this report are prepared on that basis. A reconciliation is 
provided below of the key differences between results under IFRS 16 and the basis used for management reporting. 
2022
Trading
IAS 17
£m
Adjustments 
for IFRS 16 
£m
2022
Trading
IFRS 16
£m
Exceptional
items
(Note 7)
£m
2022
Total
IFRS 16
£m
2021
Total 1
IFRS 16
£m
Revenue
883.0 
– 
883.0 
–
883.0 
636.6 
Cost of sales
(791.0)
28.2 
(762.8)
(120.7)
(883.5)
(571.9)
Gross profit/(loss)
92.0 
28.2 
120.2 
(120.7)
(0.5)
64.7 
Share of result of associate
–
–
–
–
–
(0.3)
Administration costs
(47.5)
– 
(47.5)
(1.7)
(49.2)
(52.6)
Operating profit/(loss)
44.5 
28.2 
72.7 
(122.4)
(49.7)
11.8 
Interest payable
(24.5)
(17.8)
(42.3)
(7.0)
(49.3)
(47.6)
Interest receivable
0.3 
– 
0.3 
11.9 
12.2 
0.6 
Profit/(loss) before tax
20.3 
10.4 
30.7 
(117.5)
(86.8)
(35.2)
EBITDA
83.0 
64.2 
147.2 
(8.5)
138.7 
115.8 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
(38.5)
(36.0)
(74.5)
(113.9)
(188.4)
(104.0)
Operating profit/(loss)
44.5 
28.2 
72.7 
(122.4)
(49.7)
11.8 
The “Adjustments for IFRS 16” summarised above can be seen in the below reconciliation of trading profit before tax 
(excluding exceptional items) from the “Underlying” basis to the IFRS 16 basis of accounting:
2022 
£m
2021 1
£m
Underlying Trading profit/(loss) before tax
20.3 
16.6 
Removal of rent expense
64.2 
34.0 
Net change in depreciation
(36.0)
(39.7)
Net change in net interest payable
(17.8)
(19.0)
Interest receivable on net investments in subleases
 –
0.1 
Trading loss before tax under IFRS 16
30.7 
(8.0)
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 95
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
5 Profit for the year
2022 
£m
2021 
£m
Profit for the year after exceptional items has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):
Amortisation (Note 11)
2.4
2.3
Depreciation on right of use asset (Note 12)
36.4
39.9
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment (Note 13)
35.7
35.9
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
1.9
2.4
Net impairment of property, plant and equipment and software (Note 13)
46.0
12.6
Impairment of right of use asset (Note 12)
60.4
13.3
Impairment of goodwill (Note 11)
7.5
–
Impairment on net investments in subleases
–
0.1
Purchases of food, beverages and consumables
184.5
121.0
Inventory write downs
–
0.5
Staff costs (Note 6)
336.8
248.3
Covid-19 government grants
–
10.9
Variable rents
28.8
17.6
Rental income
(0.2)
(0.2)
Net rental costs
28.6
17.4
2022 
£m
2021 
£m
Auditor's remuneration:
Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of the Group's annual accounts
0.5
0.4
Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of the Subsidiaries' annual accounts
0.1
0.1
Total audit fees
0.6
0.5
Audit-related assurance services
0.1
0.1
Other assurance services
–
0.6
Total non-audit fees
0.1
0.7
Total auditor's remuneration
0.7
1.2
Non audit: Audit Ratio
 0.1 
 1.4 
During the period, all auditor’s remuneration was expensed as administration costs. In 2021, auditors non-audit remuneration of 
£0.6m was offset against the proceeds from issuance of shares, the remaining £0.6m was expensed as administration costs.
The maximum non-audit fees that the statutory auditor of a public interest entity can bill in any one year is set at 70% of the 
average of the audit fees billed over the last three year period to the entity, its parent and its subsidiaries. Approval was 
obtained from the FRC to carry out Non-Audit services for a capital raise in March 2021 in excess of the 70% threshold. 
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
96

6 Staff costs
a) Average staff numbers during the year (including Directors)
2022
2021
Restaurant staff
16,290
14,415
Administration staff
418
356
16,708
14,771
b) Staff costs (including Directors) comprise1
2022
£m
2021  
£m
Wages and salaries
305.1
220.5
Social security costs
24.2
17.9
Share-based payments
2.4
3.4
Pension costs and salary supplements
5.1
3.8
336.8
245.6
c) Exceptional Staff Costs
2022
£m
2021  
£m
Severance pay
–
2.7
d) Directors’ remuneration
2022
£m
2021  
£m
Emoluments
1.8
2.3
Salary supplements
0.1
0.1
1.9
2.4
Charge in respect of share-based payments
0.4
0.9
2.3
3.3
1	 This is a net amount after Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme payments of £Nil (2021: £43.2m).
Further details of the Directors’ emoluments and the executive pension schemes are given in the Directors’ remuneration 
report on pages 50 to 66.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 97
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
7 Exceptional items
2022 
£m
2021 1 
£m
Included within cost of sales:
– Impairment charges relating to property, plant and equipment
46.0
10.1
– Impairment charges relating to right of use assets
60.4
9.5
– Impairment charges relating goodwill
7.5
–
– Estate restructuring
6.8
1.2
– Estate closure
–
0.6
– Remeasurement of closed sites provision (Note 2)
–
2.3
120.7
23.7
Included within administration costs:
– Professional fees
–
1.6
– Business transformation
1.7
–
1.7
1.6
Included within interest payable :
– Refinancing costs 
7.0
1.9
– Gain made on derivative financial instruments
(11.9)
–
(4.9)
1.9
Exceptional items before tax
117.5
27.2
Impact of tax change
(5.2)
12.2
Tax effect of exceptional Items
(18.0)
(2.8)
Net exceptional items for the year
94.3
36.6
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
Impairment of assets
An impairment charge has been recorded against certain assets to reflect forecast results at our trading sites over the 
viability period. 
This charge comprises the following adjustments:
•	 An impairment of right of use assets of £60.4m
•	 An impairment of property, plant and equipment of £46.0m
•	 An impairment of goodwill of £7.5m
Further details on the impairment of non-current assets are given in Note 14.
Estate restructuring 
The Group has assessed the sites it regards as having onerous obligations for closed and closing sites based on the current 
forecast projections and has increased the provision accordingly. This provision for onerous sites relates to service charges 
and dilapidations and relates to a specific programme of restructuring. Business rates and the costs to exit for onerous sites 
are treated as an exceptional item and expensed as incurred. 
Refinancing Costs
In December 2022, the Group refinanced its debt facilities in an “extend and amend” deal with its existing lenders. The 
revised finance arrangements resulted in an exceptional loss on refinance of £5.5m. The exceptional charge relates to the 
write-off of an element of the deal fees associated with the original facility, which had been capitalised, the balance of the 
fees will be written off over the revised life of the borrowings. In addition, the Group incurred legal and advisory fees of £0.9m 
and incurred a prepayment penalty of £0.6m for the early payment of £20.9m of debt.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
98

Gain made on derivative financial instruments at fair value through income statement.
The company has paid £3.1m for interest rate caps that now have a market value of £15.4m. Of this £12.3m gain, £0.4m 
was recognised within the trading results in 2021 with an exceptional gain of £11.9m in 2022 due to its materiality. The main 
reason for this gain is the increasing interest rates in the year, and future expectations of SONIA rates over the term of the 
interest rate caps.
Business Transformation
An exceptional charge of £1.7m has been incurred as a result of the ongoing transformation activity to deliver synergies across 
the group. This cost relates to the implementation of a common finance platform following the acquisition of Wagamama and 
includes software dual running costs and consultancy costs involved in the configuration and testing on the new system.
Tax rate change 
The 2021 Budget in March 2021 announced an increase in the UK corporation tax rate to 25% with effect from 1 April 2023. 
This was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. The total impact of the increase in tax rate on deferred tax was £12.2m, of 
which £14.8m related to the deferred tax asset associated with intangibles on the Wagamama trademark. This has been 
recognised as an exceptional item in the tax charge for the year as it is unrelated to underlying trading.
8 Net Interest payable
2022
£m
2021  
£m
Bank interest payable
21.1
22.3
Unwinding of discount on lease liabilities
17.7
19.6
Amortisation of facility fees
3.5
3.3
Other interest payable
–
0.5
Trading interest payable
42.3
45.7
Exceptional refinancing cost (Note 7)
7.0
1.9
Total interest payable
49.3
47.6
Unwinding of discounts on investments in subleases
–
(0.1)
Other interest receivable
(0.3)
(0.5)
Trading interest receivable
(0.3)
(0.6)
Gain on derivative financial instrument
(11.9)
–
Total interest receivable
(12.2)
(0.6)
Total net finance charges
37.1
47.0
9 Tax
a) The tax charge comprises
Trading
2022
£m
Exceptional
2022
£m
Total
2022
£m
Total
2021 1
£m
Current tax
UK corporation tax
–
–
–
–
Adjustments in respect of previous years
–
–
–
2.4
–
–
–
2.4
Deferred tax
Current year
7.1
(18.0)
(10.9)
(4.5)
Adjustments in respect of previous years
(1.2)
–
(1.2)
(5.0)
Charge in respect of rate change on deferred tax liability
(1.0)
(5.2)
(6.2)
–
Charge in respect of fixed asset impairment
–
–
–
12.2
4.9
(23.2)
(18.3)
2.7
Total tax (credit)/charge for the year
4.9
(23.2)
(18.3)
5.1
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 99
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
9 Tax continued
b) Factors affecting the tax charge for the year
The tax charged for the year varies from the standard UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2021: 19%) due to the following factors:
Trading
2022
£m
Exceptional
2022
£m
Total
2022
£m
Total
2021 1
£m
Profit/(Loss) on ordinary activities before tax
30.7
(117.5)
(86.8)
(35.2)
Profit on ordinary activities before tax multiplied by the standard UK 
corporation tax rate of 19% (2021: 19%)
5.8
(22.3)
(16.5)
(6.7)
Effects of:
Adjustment in respect of previous years
(1.2)
–
(1.2)
(2.2)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
0.1
0.9
1.0
1.5
Income not taxable for tax purposes
–
–
–
–
Effect of future taxes at higher rates
(1.0)
(5.2)
(6.2)
–
Charge in respect of rate change on deferred tax liability
–
–
–
12.2
Depreciation/impairment on non-qualifying assets
1.3
2.0
3.3
1.9
Impairment on goodwill
–
1.4
1.4
–
Movement on unrecognised deferred tax asset
–
–
–
(1.6)
Share options
1.0
–
1.0
–
Tax reliefs and incentives
(1.1)
–
(1.1)
–
Movement in capital loss
–
–
–
–
Total tax (credit)/charge for the year
4.9
(23.2)
(18.3)
5.1
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
The March 2021 Budget announced an increase in the UK corporate tax rate from 19% to 25%, from 1 April 2023. The rate 
was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been recognised at 25% to the extent 
they are expected to unwind after 1 April 2023. Any amounts expected to unwind prior to 1 April 2023 have been recognised 
at the current rate of 19%. The impact of the increase in the tax rate in 2022 was a £6.2m increase in the deferred tax liability. 
This is mainly related to the temporary differences on losses originated in 2022 at 19% tax rate which will be utilised later at 
higher tax rates.
10 Earnings per share
2022
20211 
Weighted average ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share
765,057,356
722,182,407
Effect of dilution – share options
2,434,551
–
Diluted weighted average number of shares
767,491,908
722,182,407
2022
£m
2021  
£m
Loss for the year after tax1
(68.5)
(40.3)
Effect of exceptional items on earnings for the year1
94.3
36.6
Adjusted loss for the year after tax
25.8
(3.7)
2022
pence
2021  
pence
Basic loss per share for the year1
(9.0)
(5.6)
Effect of exceptional items on earnings for the year per share1
12.3
 5.1 
Adjusted profit/(loss) per share
3.3
(0.5)
Diluted earnings per share on loss for the year1
(9.0)
(5.6)
Diluted earnings per share on adjusted profit/(loss) for the year
3.4
(0.5)
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
100

Diluted earnings per share information is based on adjusting the weighted average number of shares for the purpose of basic 
earnings per share in respect of notional share awards made to employees in regards of share option schemes and the share 
held by the employee benefit trust.
The diluted earnings per share figures allow for the dilutive effect of the conversion into ordinary shares of the weighted 
average number of options outstanding during the year. Anti-dilutive shares that reduce the loss per share have been 
excluded from this calculation. There are 7,366,887 (2021: 267,076) share options excluded from the diluted earnings per 
share calculation because they would be anti-dilutive.
11 Intangible assets
Goodwill
£m
Trademarks 
and licences
£m
Franchise 
agreements
£m
Software 
and IT 
development
£m
Total
£m
Cost
At 27 December 2020
342.6
236.0
21.9
5.3
605.8
Additions
–
–
–
2.7
2.7
Disposals
–
–
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
At 2 January 2022
342.6
236.0
21.9
7.8
608.3
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 27 December 2020
–
–
2.9
3.4
6.3
Charged during the year
–
–
1.5
0.8
2.3
Disposals
–
–
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
At 2 January 2022
–
–
4.4
4.0
8.4
Cost
At 2 January 2022
342.6
236.0
21.9
7.8
608.3
Additions
9.4
–
–
5.3
14.7
Disposals
–
–
–
(0.6)
(0.6)
At 1 January 2023
352.0
236.0
21.9
12.5
622.4
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 2 January 2022
–
–
4.4
4.0
8.4
Charged during the year
–
–
1.5
0.9
2.4
Impairment
7.5
–
–
–
7.5
At 1 January 2023
7.5
–
5.9
4.9
18.3
Net book value as at 2 January 2022
342.6
236.0
17.5
3.8
599.9
Net book value as at 1 January 2023
344.5
236.0
16.0
7.6
604.1
The recoverable amount of the goodwill and trademark CGUs is £1,233.4m as at 1 January 2023 (£1,337.6m as at 
2 January 2022). The recoverable amount has been based on value in use estimates using forecasts approved by the Board. 
The projected cash flows have been discounted using a rate based on the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital 
of 10.8% (2021: 10.6%) that reflects the risk of these assets. Cash flows are extrapolated in perpetuity with an annual growth 
rate of 0-3% (2021: 2-3%).
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 101
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
11 Intangible assets continued
The carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets allocated to groups of CGUs is presented below along 
with the group of CGU’s recoverable amounts.
Trademarks 
& licences 
£m
Goodwill
£m
Total 
intangibles
£m
Recoverable 
amount
£m
Wagamama
236.0
315.5
551.5
1,030.8
Brunning & Price
–
15.2
15.2
144.8
Blubeckers
–
4.2
4.2
31.4
Barburrito
–
9.4
9.4
24.8
Ribble Valley Inns
–
0.2
0.2
1.6
236.0
344.5
580.5
1,233.4
The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis taking into consideration the impact on key impairment test assumptions 
arising from a range of possible trading and economic scenarios as outlined in the stress case scenario at Note 1 as well 
as risk weightings applied to cash flows, discount rates used and terminal growth rates as outlined in Note 14. 
The Company has assessed that the Wagamama trademark of £236.0m (2021: £236.0m) has an indefinite useful life, 
and therefore is not amortising this asset. If the trademark was amortised on a straight line basis over a period of 25 years, 
an additional £9.4m (2021: £9.4m) of amortisation would be recognised.
12 Right of use assets
Set out below are the right of use assets recognised in the Group’s balance sheet and movements therein during the year. 
All assets relate to access to and use of property and there is, therefore, no analysis of assets into different classes of use.
2022
£m
2021  
£m
Right of use assets at beginning of year
289.4 
368.9 
Arising on business combination
8.5 
–
Additions
11.0 
18.4 
Disposals
(0.5)
(4.6)
Depreciation
(36.4)
(39.9)
Remeasurements
26.0 
(40.1)
Impairment (Note 14)
(60.4)
(13.3)
Right of use assets at reporting date
237.6 
289.4 
When indicators of impairment exist, right of use assets are assessed for impairment. As described in Note 14, all non-
current assets were assessed at the end of 2022.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
102

13 Property, plant and equipment
Land and 
buildings 
£m
Fixtures and 
equipment 
£m
Total 
£m
Cost
At 27 December 2020
570.4
237.7
808.1
Additions
19.3
16.4
35.7
Disposals
(41.0)
(82.3)
(123.3)
At 2 January 2022
548.7
171.8
720.5
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 27 December 2020
329.4
178.4
507.8
Provided during the year
14.1
21.8
35.9
Impairment
13.0
11.1
24.1
Impairment reversals 
(3.7)
(7.8)
(11.5)
Disposals
(39.5)
(81.4)
(120.9)
At 2 January 2022
313.3
122.1
435.4
Cost
At 2 January 2022
548.7
171.8
720.5
Arising on business combination
–
0.3
0.3
Additions
19.2
37.5
56.7
Disposals
(2.2)
(2.1)
(4.3)
At 1 January 2023
565.7
207.5
773.2
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 2 January 2022
313.3
122.1
435.4
Provided during the year
11.0
24.7
35.7
Impairment (Note 14)
13.0
37.0
50.0
Impairment reversals (Note 14)
(1.5)
(2.5)
(4.0)
Disposals
(1.0)
(0.6)
(1.6)
At 1 January 2023
334.8
180.7
515.5
Net book value as At 2 January 2022
235.4
49.7
285.1
Net book value as At 1 January 2023
230.9
26.8
257.7
The Group has carried out impairment testing of property, plant and equipment as described in Note 14.
The difference between the purchase of property plant and equipment in the cash flow statement and the additions to 
property plant and equipment in Note 13 relates entirely to fixed asset accruals.
2022 
£m
2021 
£m
Net book value of land and buildings:
Freehold
107.8
103.2
Long leasehold (leasehold improvements)
2.2
3.7
Short leasehold (leasehold improvements)
120.9
128.5
230.9
235.4
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 103
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
14 Impairment reviews
Due to the significant inflationary pressures expected to continue into 2023 and the risk of a recession impacting consumer 
demand in the UK there is a potential impairment of assets and, accordingly, the Directors have chosen to assess all non-
current assets for impairment in accordance with IAS 36.
Approach and assumptions
Our approach to impairment reviews is unchanged from that applied in previous periods and relies primarily upon “value in 
use” tests, although for freehold sites an independent estimate of market value by site has also been obtained as at 3 July 
2022 and, where this is higher than the value in use, we rely on freehold values in our impairment reviews. These valuations 
are not expected to have changed materially in the period and therefore have been used for the full year 2022 impairment 
calculation.
Discount rates used in the value in use calculations are estimated with reference to our Group weighted average cost of 
capital. For 2022, we have applied the pre‐tax discount rate of 10.8% to all assets (2021: 10.6%). The higher discount rate 
used in 2022, reflects the increasing interest rates in the UK. This is however partially offset by a change in the financing 
structure of the Group to have a greater proportion of lease liabilities which are discounted at a lower rate than debt 
and equity.
For the current period, value in use estimates have been prepared on the basis of the forecast described in Note 1, above, 
under the heading “Going concern basis”. The most significant assumptions and estimates relate to revenue forecast on 
site-by-site cash flows. These use sale growth and terminal values ranging from 0%-3% across divisions. The impairment 
indicator giving rise to the charge for the year relates to the economic downturn arising from the current cost-of-living crisis, 
which has resulted in a reduced budgeted forecast for 2023, predominantly in the Leisure portfolio. The indicators for the 
impairment reversals relate to sites which are expected to deliver LFL sales growth in 2023, with Concessions in particular 
benefiting from strong growth versus 2022 as passenger numbers continue to improve.
Results of impairment review
Impairment has been recorded in a number of specific CGUs, as well as impairment reversals. A net impairment charge 
of £106.4m (2021: £25.9m) has been recognised, of which £46.0m (2021: £12.6m) was recorded against Property, Plant 
& Equipment (“PPE”) and a further £60.4m (2021: £13.3m) against Right of Use Assets. This is a gross impairment charge 
of £116.2m (2021: £49.2m) offset by impairment reversals of £9.8m (2021: £23.3m).
A further charge of £7.5m (2021: £nil) was recorded as impairment to the Goodwill of Pubs acquired through Blubeckers 
Limited and Ribble Valley Inns Limited.
Sensitivity to further impairment charges
The key assumptions used in the recoverable amount estimates are the discount rates applied and the forecast cash flows. 
The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis taking into consideration the impact on key impairment test assumptions 
arising from a range of possible trading and economic scenarios as well as discount rates used.
The resulting sensitivities to fluctuations in the key assumptions have been summarised as follows:
Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use asset impairment 
Sensitivity applied
Change 
applied
Decrease in net 
impairment
Increase in net 
impairment
Sales forecast
+/- 5%
£(12.8)m 
£12.6m
Inflation forecast
+/- 2%
£(26.4)m
£13.1m
Discount rate
-/+ 1%
£(2.4)m
£2.6m
Terminal growth rate
+/- 1%
£(1.2)m
£1.0m
Freehold valuation
+/- 5%
£(0.4)m
£0.9m
Goodwill impairment
Sensitivity applied
Change 
applied
Decrease in net 
impairment
Increase in net 
impairment
Sales forecast
+/- 5%
£(0.9)m
£16.3m
Inflation forecast
+/- 2%
£(0.9)m
£16.5m
Discount rate
-/+ 1%
£(0.9)m
£11.4m
Terminal growth rate
+/- 1%
£(0.9)m
£9.1m
Freehold valuation
+/- 5%
£nil
£nil
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
104

15 Trade and other receivables
2022 
£m
2021  
£m
Amounts falling due within one year:
Net investment in subleases
0.6
0.5
Trade and other receivables
17.7
13.4
18.3
13.9
Amounts falling due after one year:
Net investment in subleases
5.5
2.3
Long term receivables
2.7
2.4
8.2
4.7
The Group applies a simplified approach to expected credit losses, recognising a loss allowance based on historic losses 
and economic factors relating to specific customers. For more information relating to the expected credit loss on net 
investments in subleases, refer to Note 24.
The £2.7m (2021: £2.4m) in long term receivables relates to a $3.3m USD loan arrangement the Group has with a US based 
restaurant business. The loan has an annual interest rate of LIBOR +10% and a maturity of April 2024.
16 Trade and other payables
2022 
£m
2021  
£m
Amounts falling due within one year:
Trade payables
32.8
21.7
Other tax and social security
31.9
12.9
Other payables
19.4
21.2
Accruals
76.6
72.5
160.7
128.3
Contingent liabilities
The Group has assigned a number of leases to third parties that were originally completed prior to 1 January 1996 and are 
therefore unaffected by the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995 and also a number of leases completed after this date 
that were the subject of an Authorised Guarantee Agreement. Consequently, should the current tenant default, the landlord 
has a right of recourse to The Restaurant Group plc, or its subsidiaries, for future rental payments. As and when any liability 
arises, the Group will take whatever steps necessary to mitigate the costs. The Group has assessed the risk of this 
happening as remote.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 105
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
17 Provisions
2022 
£m
2021 1 
£m
Property cost provisions
7.0
3.9
Other provisions
0.6
2.4
Balance at the end of the year
7.6
6.3
Analysed as:
Amount due for settlement within one year
2.3
3.1
Amount due for settlement after one year
5.3
3.2
7.6
6.3
Property cost 
provisions 
£m
Other 
provisions 
£m
Total 
£m
At 2 January 20221
3.9
2.4
6.3
Remeasurement
1.5
–
1.5
Transferred from other provision
3.2
(1.8)
1.4
Amounts utilised
(1.7)
–
(1.7)
Unwinding of discount
0.1
–
0.1
At 1 January 2023
7.0
0.6
7.6
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
Property cost provisions
A provision is made for property-related costs for the period that a sublet or assignment of the lease is not expected 
to be possible. The amount and timing of the cash outflows are subject to uncertainty. The average period over which 
the provision is expected to be utilised is 3.9 years. An increase of one year in the expected period over which a sublet 
or assignment is not expected to be possible would result in an increase in the provision of £0.8m, whilst a decrease 
would result in a reduction on the provision of £0.8m amount.
Onerous contract and other property provisions are discounted using a discount rate of 1.0% (2021: 1.0%) based 
on an approximation for the time value of money.
Other provisions
Other provisions includes a best estimate of the liability in respect of a legal obligation to meet certain lease payments 
of a restaurant, the liability for which is considered probable, most likely within a year.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
106

18 Lease liabilities
The Group is both a lessee and lessor of property.
(a) Group as lessee
Set out below are the movements in the carrying amount of lease liabilities during the period. All leases relate to access to 
and use of property.
2022 
£m
2021  
£m
At 2 January 2022
410.4
483.8
Arising on business combination
8.5
–
Additions
11.0
18.4
Unwinding of discount on lease liabilities
17.7
19.6
Cash payments made
(59.8)
(48.7)
Liabilities extinguished in disposals
(5.7)
(9.5)
Remeasurements
13.9
(53.2)
At 1 January 2023
396.0
410.4
Analysed as:
Amount due for settlement within one year
55.0
73.1
Amount due for settlement after one year
341.0
337.3
396.0
410.4
The Group leases various buildings which are used for the purpose of operating pubs and restaurants. The leases are 
non-cancellable operating leases with varying terms and renewal rights, and include variable payments that are not fixed 
in amount but based upon a percentage of sales.
The total value of expense relating to low value leases in 2022 and 2021 was immaterial.
In addition to the unwinding of discount on lease liabilities noted in the above table and depreciation on right of use assets, 
the Group is exposed to leases where future cash outflows are not reflected in the lease liabilities because the agreements 
are based on variable lease payments in the form of turnover rent.
The costs incurred by the Group in respect of short leases was immaterial in both the current period and the prior period.
As at 1 January 2023, the Group was not committed to any leases with future cash outflows which had not yet commenced.
Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
Termination Options
Some leases contain termination options exercisable by the Group before the end of the non-cancellable period. 
These extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the lessors. The Group 
assesses at lease commencement whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the extension or termination options. 
The Group reassesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the options if there is a significant event or significant 
change in circumstances within its control.
The Group has estimated that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise the termination options, would result 
in a decrease in cash outflows of £144.9m.	
Discount Rate
Lease liabilities under IFRS 16 are initially recorded at the present value of future lease payments discounted using the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate, which we estimate with reference to our debt facilities and observed bond yields, 
calculated on a lease by lease basis. Lease liabilities are subsequently unwound using the same discount rate and included 
in finance expense in the Group income statement. Increasing the discount rate by 1% would lead to an increased interest 
expense of £0.3m, while decreasing by 1% would lead to a decrease of £0.3m.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 107
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
18 Lease liabilities continued
(b) Group as lessor
All income relates to fixed rental receipts. Movements in the net investment in lease assets included income of £0.6m and an 
expected credit loss reversal of £0.1m. There was no income from leases classified as operating leases.
Finance leases
Undiscounted lease receipts relating to finance leases for future years are set out in the table below. The total in the table for 
Finance Leases is greater than the balance sheet amount due to the effects of discounting and provisions for expected credit 
losses. There is no undiscounted unguaranteed residual value within the amounts recognised.
2022 
£m
2021  
£m
Amounts receivable in the next year
1.2
 1.1 
Amounts receivable in 1-2 years
1.1
 0.9 
Amounts receivable in 2-3 years
1.0
 0.9 
Amounts receivable in 3-4 years
0.9
 0.9 
Amounts receivable in 4-5 years
0.9
 0.8 
Amounts receivable after 5 years from the balance sheet date
7.5
 6.5 
Total
12.6
 11.1 
Operating leases
2022 
£m
2021  
£m
Amounts receivable in the next year
0.1
 0.4 
Amounts receivable in 1-2 years
0.1
 0.4 
Amounts receivable in 2-3 years
–
 0.3 
Amounts receivable in 3-4 years
–
 0.3 
Amounts receivable in 4-5 years
–
 0.3 
Amounts receivable after 5 years from the balance sheet date
0.2
 3.9 
Total
0.4
 5.6
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
108

19 Deferred taxation
Capital 
allowances 
£m
Intangible 
assets 
£m
Share 
options 
£m
Losses 1 
£m
Corporate 
interest 
restriction
£m
Other 
temporary 
differences 
– trading
£m
Deferred 
gains £m
2022 
Total  
£m
2021 
Total 
£m
As at 2 January 2022 (as 
previously reported)
(0.2)
63.4
(1.5)
(14.7)
(2.4)
(5.6)
2.9
41.9
(41.9)
Restatement (see Note 2)
–
–
–
1.7
–
–
–
1.7
(2.2)
As at 2 January 2022 (as 
restated)
(0.2)
63.4
(1.5)
(13.0)
(2.4)
(5.6)
2.9
43.6
(44.1)
Movement in deferred tax 
balances (net of exceptional credit)
(5.2)
1.1
0.6
(12.3)
(0.7)
(0.6)
–
(17.1)
7.7
Adjustments in respect of 
previous years
1.0
0.6
–
(2.0)
(0.8)
–
–
(1.2)
(5.0)
Deferred tax taken directly to 
the income statement (Note 9)
(4.2)
1.7
0.6
(14.3)
(1.5)
(0.6)
–
(18.3)
2.7
Tax on share-based payments
–
–
0.5
–
–
–
–
0.5
(0.5)
Deferred tax taken through 
equity
–
–
0.5
–
–
–
–
0.5
(0.5)
As at 1 January 2023
(4.4)
65.1
(0.4)
(27.3)
(3.9)
(6.2)
2.9
25.8
(41.9)
2022
£m
2021
£m
Deferred tax liability consists of:
Capital allowances in advance of depreciation
(4.4)
(0.2)
Intangible assets
65.1
63.4
Share options
(0.4)
(1.5)
Tax losses
(27.3)
(14.7)
Other temporary differences
(7.2)
(5.1)
25.8
41.9
20 Share capital and reserves
Number
£m
Authorised, issued and fully paid
At 2 January 2022
765,046,600
215.2
Shares issued in the year
15,798
–
At 1 January 2023
765,062,398
215.2
The shares have a par value of 28.125p each (2021: 28.125p).
The Group has no Treasury shares.
Share premium
The share premium account is used to record the aggregate amount or value of premiums paid when the Company’s shares 
are issued/redeemed at a premium. On 8 December 2022, under a special resolution confirmed by an Order of the Count of 
Sessions, Scotland, the Company’s share premium balance was cancelled. The balance was subsequently transferred to 
retained earnings. 
Other reserves
Other reserves represents the Group’s share-based payment transactions, foreign currency translation reserve and shares 
held by the employee benefit trust.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 109
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
21 Share-based payment schemes
The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes, details of which are provided in the Directors’ remuneration report. 
A charge has been recorded in the income statement of the Group in respect of share-based payments of £2.4m (2021: £3.4m).
The other reserves account in the balance sheet reflects the credit to equity made in respect of the charge for share-based 
payments made through the income statement and the purchase of shares in the market by the EBT in order to satisfy the 
vesting of existing and future share awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and Restricted Share Plan (RSP).
Restricted Share Plan
The Group has issued a Restricted Share Plan to certain employees and directors as described in the Directors’ 
remuneration report. Instruments granted under this plan represent deferred shares, of which certain are subject to 
performance conditions. No exercise price is payable on these instruments.
Year ended 1 January 2023
Period during which 
options are exercisable Type of award
Fair value
Outstanding at 
the beginning 
of the year
Granted
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding 
at the end 
of the year
Exercisable 
at the end 
of the year
2023
Restricted Share Plan
54.0p
 6,643,375 
–
–
(912,402)  5,730,973 
–
2024
Restricted Share Plan
127.0p
 2,174,660 
–
–
(173,350)  2,001,310 
–
2025
Restricted Share Plan
66.0p
–  3,563,223 
–
(99,632)  3,463,591 
–
Year ended 2 January 2022
Period during which 
options are exercisable Type of award
Fair value
Outstanding at 
the beginning 
of the year
Granted
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding 
at the end 
of the year
Exercisable 
at the end 
of the year
2023
Restricted Share Plan
54.0p
 6,569,564  6,643,375 
– (6,569,564)  6,643,375 
–
2024
Restricted Share Plan
127.0p
–  2,174,660 
–
–
 2,174,660 
–
Owing to the terms of the instruments, their fair value is estimated to match the market value of shares at the date of grant.
Vesting of share options under the Restricted Share Plan is dependent on continuing employment as set out in the scheme rules.
In exceptional circumstances, employees may be permitted to exercise options before the normal vesting date.
Save As You Earn
Under the Save As You Earn (SAYE) scheme, the Board may grant options over shares in The Restaurant Group plc to 
UK-based employees of the Group. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price equal to 80% of the average market price 
of the shares for the five days prior to invitation. Employees pay a fixed amount from their salary into a savings account each 
month for the three year savings period. At the end of the savings period, employees have six months in which to exercise 
their options using the funds saved. If employees decide not to exercise their options, they may withdraw their funds saved 
and the options expire. Exercise of options is subject to continued employment within the Group. In exceptional 
circumstances, employees may be permitted to exercise these options before the end of the three year savings 
period. Options were valued using the Black Scholes pricing model.
Year ended 1 January 2023
Period during which 
options are exercisable Exercise price
Outstanding at 
the beginning 
of the year
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding 
at the end 
of the year
Exercisable 
at the end 
of the year
2021 - 2022
239.5p
 42,298 
–
–
–
(33,977) 
 8,321 
 8,321 
2022 - 2023
112.7p
 240,469 
–
(516) 
–
(69,589) 
 170,364 
 159,714 
2023 - 2024
52.0p
 5,683,825 
–
(187,542) 
(15,798) (3,336,675)  2,143,810 
–
2024 - 2025
88.0p
 1,505,077 
–
(12,107) 
–
(954,592) 
 538,378 
–
2025 - 2026
30.0p
–  12,064,015 
–
–
–  12,064,015 
–
Total number
 7,471,669  12,064,015 
(200,165)
(15,798) (4,394,833)  14,924,888 
 168,035 
Weighted average 
exercise price
 62.3p 
 30.0 p
 54.3p
 52.0p 
 62.2p 
 36.3p
 119.0p 
The weighted average remaining contractual life for the shares outstanding at the end of the period is 2.58 years 
(2021: 2.08 years).
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
110

Year ended 2 January 2022
Period during which 
options are exercisable
Exercise price
Outstanding at 
the beginning 
of the year
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding 
at the end 
of the year
Exercisable 
at the end 
of the year
2020 – 2021
243.8p
 85,395 
 – 
0
 – 
(85,395)
 – 
 – 
2021 – 2022
239.5p
 114,428 
 – 
(60,482)
 – 
(11,648)
 42,298 
 – 
2022 – 2023
112.7p
 462,991 
 – 
(186,869)
(4,036) 
(31,617)
 240,469 
 – 
2023 – 2024
52.0p
 6,461,939 
 – 
(743,006)
(5,851) 
(29,257)  5,683,825 
 – 
2024 – 2025
88.0p
 – 
 1,550,073 
(44,996)
 – 
 –  1,505,077 
Total number
7,124,753
1,550,073
(1,035,353)
(9,887)
(157,917)
7,471,669
– 
Weighted average 
exercise price
 61.3p 
 88.0p 
 75.5p 
 76.8p 
 181.7p 
 62.3p 
–
Assumptions used in valuation of share-based payments granted in the year ended 1 January 2023
Scheme
2022 RSP
2022 SAYE
2021 RSP
2021 SAYE
Grant date
21/04/2022
24/10/2022
01/04/2021
01/12/2021
Share price at grant date
66.0p
37.5p
127.0p
85.8p
Exercise price
N/A
30.0p
N/A
88.0p
No. of options originally granted
3,563,223 12,064,015
2,174,660
1,550,073
Minimum vesting period
3 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
Expected volatility 1
N/A
57.6%
N/A
81.5%
Contractual life
3 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
Risk free rate
N/A
3.11%
N/A
0.57%
Expected dividend yield
N/A
0.00%
N/A
1.25%
Expected forfeitures
16.9%
38.6%
12.0%
9.0%
Fair value per option
66.0p
0.17p
127.0p
45.0p
1	 Expected volatility is the measure of the amount by which the share price is expected to fluctuate during a period. In order to calculate volatility, the movement in share 
price over a period prior to the grant date has been calculated. For the discount for the SAYE scheme, the calculated volatility based on the movement in share price 
over a period of 3.25 years prior to the grant has been used.
Employee Benefit Trust
An employee benefit trust (EBT) was established in 2007 in order to satisfy the exercise or vesting of existing and future share 
awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. The EBT purchases shares in the market, using funds provided by the Company, 
based on expectations of future requirements. Dividends are waived by the EBT. At 1 January 2023, the Trustees, Estera 
Trust (Jersey) Limited, held 572,565 shares in the Company (2021: 572,565 shares).
22 Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash generated from operations
2022
£m
2021 1
£m
Loss on ordinary activities before tax
(86.8)
(35.2)
Net interest payable
42.0
45.1
Exceptional items (Note 7)
117.5
27.2
Share of results of associate
–
0.3
Share-based payments
2.4
3.4
Depreciation and amortisation
74.5
78.1
(Increase)/decrease in inventory
(0.5)
(0.9)
Decrease in receivables
(6.3)
5.1
Increase/(decrease) in creditors
7.7
5.0
Cash generated from operations
150.5
128.1
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 111
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
22 Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash generated from operations continued
2022 
£m
2021 
£m
Reconciliation of net cash from operating activities to free cash flow
Net cash flows from operating activities
118.9
91.6
Payment on exceptionals
8.6
7.4
Payment of obligations under leases
(59.8)
(48.7)
Refurbishment and maintenance expenditure
(36.6)
(19.0)
Payment against provisions
8.3
13.4
Free cash flow
39.4
44.7
1	 Restated – refer to Note 2.
23 Financial instruments and derivatives
Financial assets
The financial assets of the Group, which are classified at amortised cost and fair value through profit and loss, comprise:
2022 
£m
2021 
£m
Cash and cash equivalents
27.7
146.5
Other receivables
26.5
18.6
Financial assets at amortised cost
54.2
165.1
Derivative financial instrument
15.4
2.1
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
15.4
2.1
Total financial assets
69.6
167.2
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash at bank and cash floats held on site. The cash and cash equivalents 
balance includes £11.6m (2021: £5.4m) of credit card receipts that were cleared post year end.
Cash and cash equivalents also include £0.4m (2021: £0.9m) held on account in respect of deposits paid by tenants under 
the terms of their rental agreement.
During the current and prior period, the Group entered into derivatives in the form of interest rate caps which are measured 
at fair value through the profit and loss. The interest rate caps have an effective date of November 2022 to November 2026 
– covering a value of £125.0m to November 2025 and £100.0m to November 2026. The strike price of the interest rate cap 
is 0.75%. Net gains or losses associated to the movement in the fair value of the interest rate cap do not include any interest 
paid relating to the interest rate cap. 
Financial liabilities
The financial liabilities of the Group, all of which are classified as other financial liabilities at amortised cost, comprise:
2022  
£m
2021  
£m
Trade and other payables
160.7
128.3
Lease liabilities
55.0
73.1
Short–term financial liabilities
215.7
201.4
Long–term borrowings – at floating interest rates 1
220.0
330.0
Bank fees
(6.6)
(11.9)
Lease liabilities
341.0
337.3
Long–term financial liabilities
554.4
655.4
Total financial liabilities
770.1
856.8
1 	 At 1 January 2023, total financial liabilities attracting interest were £220.0m (2021: £330.0m). Interest is payable at floating interest rates which fluctuate and are 
dependent on SONIA and the Group’s net debt to EBITDA leverage. The average rate of interest charged during the year on the Group’s debt was 7.29% (2021: 5.70%).
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
112

On 2022 results, net interest was covered 2.2 times (2021: 2.5 times) by earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
exceptional items. Based on year-end debt and earnings for 2022, a 1% rise in interest rates would reduce interest cover 
to 2.1 times (2021: 2.3 times).
At 1 January 2023, the interest rate on the Term Loan is 6.5% above SONIA. A commitment fee of 0.9% is charged on the 
undrawn Revolving Credit Facility. The maturity dates on the Group’s debt facilities are as follows: April 2028 for the Term 
Loan; and March 2027 for the Revolving Credit Facility.
Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern while looking to maximise returns 
to shareholders. The capital structure of the Group consists of equity (comprising issued share capital, other reserves and 
retained earnings), borrowings and cash and cash equivalents. The Group monitors its capital structure on a regular basis 
through cash flow projections and consideration of the cost of financing its capital.
The Group is subject to externally imposed capital requirements in respect of the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility. 
The Group is required to maintain a net debt to EBITDA ratio below set covenant levels and a minimum liquidity requirement 
of £40.0m. 
Secured liabilities and assets pledged as security
The Group has pledged certain assets in order to fulfil the collateral requirements of the Term Loan and Revolving 
Credit Facility.
The Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility are secured by a fixed charge over the shares and intellectual property of TRG 
(Holdings) Limited, The Restaurant Group (UK) Limited, Blubeckers Limited, Brunning and Price Limited, TRG Concessions 
Limited, and Wagamama Limited, as well as a floating charge on all present and future assets, property, business, 
undertaking and uncalled capital.
The maturity profile of anticipated gross future cash flows, including interest, relating to the Group’s non-derivative financial 
liabilities, on an undiscounted basis, are set out below:
At 1 January 2023
Trade and other 
payables 
excluding tax 
£m
Floating  
rate loan 
£m
Lease  
liability debt 
£m
Total 
£m
Within one year
160.7
27.7
57.4
245.8
Within one to two years
–
46.4
53.3
99.7
Within two to three years
–
42.5
48.2
90.7
Within three to four years
–
21.1
42.3
63.4
Within four to five years
–
19.4
37.7
57.1
After five years
–
184.8
223.5
408.3
160.7
341.9
462.4
965.0
At 2 January 2022
Trade and other 
payables excluding 
tax 
£m
Floating  
rate loan 
£m
Lease  
liability debt 
£m
Total 
£m
Within one year
128.3
24.6
74.6
227.5
Within one to two years
–
24.6
58.4
83.0
Within two to three years
–
24.6
53.4
78.0
Within three to four years
–
23.7
47.8
71.5
Within four to five years
–
353.1
40.2
393.3
After five years
–
–
262.7
262.7
128.3
450.6
537.1
1,116.0
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets at fair value
There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 fair value measurements during the current or prior period. 
The interest rates caps are valued using Level 2 measurement. The Group has no other financial assets or liabilities that 
require measurement using Level 2 or Level 3 measurement techniques as defined by IFRS 13.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 113
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
23 Financial instruments and derivatives continued
Long-term borrowings
At 1 January 2023
At 2 January 2022
Drawn 
£m
Available 
facility 
£m
Total  
facility
£m
Drawn
£m
Available  
facility 
£m
Total  
facility 
£m
Term loan
220.0
–
220.0
330.0
–
330.0
Revolving credit facilities
–
111.5
111.5
–
111.6
120.0
Total banking facilities
220.0
111.5
331.5
330.0
111.6
450.0
Unamortised loan fees
(6.6)
(11.9)
Long-term borrowings
213.4
318.1
Cash and cash equivalents
(27.7)
27.7
(146.5)
146.5
Pre-lease liability net debt
185.7
171.6
Lease liabilities
396.0
410.4
Net debt
581.7
582.0
Cash headroom
139.2
258.1
At 1 January 2023, the Group has covenants over both the term loan and the revolving credit facilities (RCF). Both facilities 
require a minimum liquidity level of £40m which is measured as the total of cash and undrawn facilities. On the term loan, 
the covenant requires total net debt to be no more than 5.0x EBITDA, gradually reducing to 4.0x by March 2025 until the end 
of the facility. On the RCF, the Group is required to maintain total net debt to EBITDA below 5.25x from March 2023, gradually 
reducing to 4.25x by March 2025 until the end of the facility. In addition, the ratio of RCF debt to EBITDA can be no more than 
1.5x, when the RCF is drawn.
The available revolving credit facilities are reduced from the total facility by £8.5m (2021: £8.4m) of letters of credit issued to 
external suppliers.
Net Debt
Cash and cash 
equivalents
£m
Bank loans 
falling due 
after one year
£m
Lease  
liabilities
£m
Total
£m
Balance as at 27 December 2020
40.7
(381.1)
(483.8)
(824.2)
Net drawdown of borrowings
(53.6)
53.6
–
–
Upfront loan facility fee paid
(14.6)
14.6
–
–
Repayment of obligations under leases
(48.7)
–
48.7
–
Non-cash movements in the year
–
(5.2)
24.7
19.5
Net cash outflow
222.7
–
–
222.7
Balance as at 2 January 2022
146.5
(318.1)
(410.4)
(582.0)
Net repayments of borrowings
(110.0)
110.0
–
–
Upfront loan facility fee paid
(1.4)
1.4
–
–
Repayment of obligations under leases
(59.8)
–
59.8
–
Non-cash movements in the year
–
(6.7)
(45.4)
(52.1)
Net cash inflow
52.4
–
–
52.4
Balance as at 1 January 2023
27.7
(213.4)
(396.0)
(581.7)
The non-cash movements in lease liabilities are in relation to the de-recognition and remeasurement of lease liabilities, while 
the non-cash movement in bank loans are in relation to amortisation of prepaid facility costs.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
114

24 Financial risk management
The Group finances its operations through equity and borrowings.
Management pay rigorous attention to treasury management requirements and continue to:
•	 Ensure sufficient committed loan facilities are in place to support anticipated business requirements
•	 Ensure the Group’s debt service will be supported by anticipated cash flows and that covenants will be complied with
•	 Manage interest rate exposure with a combination of floating rate debt and interest rate swaps when deemed appropriate
The Board closely monitors the Group’s treasury strategy and the management of treasury risk.
Further details on the business risk factors that are considered to affect the Group are included in the Senior Management 
Risk Committee Report and more specific financial risk management (including sensitivity to increases in interest rates) are 
included in the Directors’ Report.
(a) Credit risk 
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial losses to the 
Group. Counterparties for cash balances are large established financial institutions. The Group is exposed to credit related 
losses in the event of non-performance by the financial institutions but does not expect them to fail to meet their obligations. 
As a retail business with trading receipts settled either by cash or credit and debit cards, there is very limited exposure from 
customer transactions. The Group is exposed to credit risk in respect of commercial discounts receivable. The Directors 
make regular assessments of the recoverability of commercial discount receivables based on their knowledge of the 
customer, historic payments and relevant macroeconomic factors. An appropriate provision will be made if it is considered 
the amounts will not be recovered, either partially or in full. This is consistent with the previous period. Receivables that are 
neither past due nor impaired are expected to be fully recoverable. 
The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, net of any allowances for losses, represent the 
Group’s maximum exposure to credit. 
Subleases
The credit risk in relation to net investment in subleases is subject to the Groups policy and procedures relating to credit risk. 
As at 1 January 2023, the Group has 19 subleases with a rent receivable balance of £0.5 million. 
£0.7m of sublease receivables were written off during the reporting period.
The impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date. The credit quality of each tenant is assessed individually to 
estimate the probability of default for the expected credit loss calculation. The assessment is based on forward looking 
information of each tenant such as individual financial performance as well as wider economic conditions and monitoring 
the days past due with respect to outstanding rent. The exposure at default is considered to be the carrying value of the 
outstanding rent for the remainder of the sublease agreement.
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 115
Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts continued
52 weeks ended 1 January 2023
24 Financial risk management continued
Franchisees
The credit risk in relation to franchisee debtors is subject to the Group’s policy and procedures relating to credit risk. As at 
1 January 2023, the Group has 33 franchisee debtors in relation to Wagamama, with a receivable balance of £0.6 million. 
The impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date for franchisees also. The Expected Credit Loss (“ECL”) relating 
to franchisees as at 1 January 2023 was £0.6m.
Stage 1 
£m
Stage 2 
£m
Stage 3 
£m
Total 
£m
Gross 
carrying 
amount
Expected 
credit loss
Gross 
carrying 
amount
Expected 
credit loss
Gross 
carrying 
amount
Expected 
credit loss
Gross 
carrying 
amount
Expected 
credit loss
As at 2 January 2022
3.2
0.5
2.3
1.7
4.1
4.0
9.6
6.2
Transfers to stage 1
1.8
(0.1)
–
0.1
(1.8)
–
–
–
Transfers to stage 2
(2.1)
–
3.7
(1.0)
(1.6)
1.0
–
–
Transfers to stage 3
–
1.8
(1.0)
1.6
1.0
(3.5)
–
(0.1)
Receipts
(0.2)
–
(0.3)
–
(0.1)
–
(0.6)
–
Additions
1.0
–
1.7
–
2.2
–
4.9
–
Recoveries
–
–
(0.1)
–
(0.2)
–
(0.3)
–
Charge for the year
–
(1.8)
–
0.8
–
1.0
–
–
Write offs
(0.7)
–
–
–
–
–
(0.7)
–
As at 1 January 2023
3.0
0.4
6.3
3.2
3.6
2.5
12.9
6.1
(b) Liquidity risk
The Group has built an appropriate mechanism to manage liquidity risk of the short, medium and long-term funding and 
liquidity management requirements. Liquidity risk is managed through the maintenance of adequate cash reserves and 
bank facility by monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. 
The Group’s Term Loan matures in April 2028 (as set out above) and the Revolving Credit Facility matures in March 2027. 
(c) Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in 
market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s 
long-term debt obligations and has been controlled historically through the use of fixed and floating rate debt.
In the prior and current years, to manage the risk of interest rate changes on borrowings, the Group entered into interest rate 
caps. The interest rate caps have an effective date of November 2022 to November 2026, for a value of £125.0m to 
November 2025 and £100.0m to November 2026. The strike price of the interest rate cap is 0.75% and a total premium of 
£3.1m was paid. 
As a result, a 1% rise or fall in interest rate will have a £2.7m impact on interest expense (as set out above). Based on EBITDA 
after exceptionals for 2022, the Group has enough coverage for interest rate risk.
Foreign Currency Movement
During the year, the Group suffered a £0.4m foreign currency loss (2021: £0.1m gain) on translation of foreign subsidiaries.
25 Related party transactions
There were no related party transactions in the 52 weeks ended 1 January 2023 other than those relating to key 
management personnel.
Remuneration in respect of key management personnel, defined as the Directors for this purpose, is disclosed in Note 6. 
Further information concerning the Directors’ remuneration is provided in the Directors’ remuneration report.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
116

26 Subsequent Events
There are no subsequent events which would have a material impact on the financial statements at the balance sheet date.
27 Business Combinations
In 12 July 2022 the Group acquired the entire share capital of the Barburrito Group Limited (“Barburrito”), a non-listed 
company operating sixteen Mexican style fast-casual sites across the United Kingdom. This adds to the Group’s estate 
in high-footfall locations across a range of restaurant formats.
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Fair value 
recognised on 
acquisition 
£000
Assets
Property, plant and equipment
 0.3 
Right-of-use assets
 8.5 
Inventories
 0.1 
Prepayments and accrued income
 0.3 
Cash
 3.9 
 13.1 
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
(3.8)
Lease liabilities
(8.5)
(12.3)
Total identifiable net assets at fair value
 0.8 
Goodwill arising upon acquisition
 9.4 
Purchase price agreed
 10.2 
Less cash acquired as part of transaction
(3.9)
Purchase consideration transferred net of expenses
 6.3 
The Group measured the acquired lease liabilities using the present value of the remaining lease payments at the date of 
acquisition. The right-of-use assets were measured at an amount equal to the lease liabilities. No adjustment was necessary 
to reflect terms out of line with market lease terms.
The goodwill of £9.4m comprises the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition and the assembled workforce, 
which are not separately recognised. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. 
Expenses incurred as part of the acquisition of £0.2m were recognised within administrative expenses.
From the date of acquisition, Barburrito contributed £8.9m of revenue and a loss before taxation of £0.2m from continuing 
operations of the Group. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of the year, Group revenue from continuing 
operations would have been £891.8m and the loss before tax from continuing operations for the Group would have 
been £85.8m. 
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 117
Financial Statements

Note
At 1 January 
2023 
£m
At 2 January 
2022 
£m
Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
3
125.6
123.2
Loans to subsidiary undertakings
4
739.8
751.7
Derivatives measured at fair value through profit & loss
5
15.4
2.1
Right of use assets
6
–
–
880.8
877.0
Current assets
Receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
11.3
122.0
11.3
122.0
Total assets
892.1
999.0
Current liabilities
Lease liability
6
(0.3)
(0.3)
Amounts falling due within one year to Group undertakings
(0.4)
(0.9)
Accruals
(6.0)
(3.7)
(6.7)
(4.9)
Net current assets
4.6
117.1
Total assets less current liabilities
885.4
994.1
Long-term borrowings
5
(213.4)
(318.1)
Lease liability
6
(1.1)
(1.2)
Net assets
670.9
674.8
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
215.2
215.2
Share premium account
–
394.1
Other reserves
2.5
0.1
Profit and loss account
453.2
65.4
Shareholders’ funds
670.9
674.8
The Company’s loss for the year was £6.3m (2021: profit of £28.4m).
The financial statements of The Restaurant Group plc (company registration number SC030343) on pages 118 to 124 
were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 7 March 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:
Andy Hornby	
Kirk Davis 
CEO	
CFO
Company balance sheet
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
118

Share  
capital 
£m
Share  
premium 
£m
Other  
reserves 
£m
Profit and loss 
account 
£m
Total 
£m
Balance at 27 December 2020
165.9
276.6
(3.3)
41.9
481.1
Issue of shares
49.3
117.5
–
–
166.8
Employee share-based payment schemes
–
–
3.4
–
3.4
Total comprehensive income
–
–
–
23.5
23.5
Balance at 2 January 2022
215.2
394.1
0.1
65.4
674.8
Balance at 2 January 2022
215.2
394.1
0.1
65.4
674.8
Cancellation of share premium
–
(394.1)
–
394.1
–
Employee share-based payment schemes
–
–
2.4
–
2.4
Total comprehensive loss
–
–
–
(6.3)
(6.3)
Balance at 1 January 2023
215.2
–
2.5
453.2
670.9
Other reserves represent the Company’s share-based payment transactions and the shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust.
On 8 December 2022, under a special resolution confirmed by an Order of the Count of Sessions, Scotland, the Company’s 
share premium balance was cancelled. The balance was subsequently transferred to retained earnings.
Statement of Changes in Equity
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 119
Financial Statements

Notes to the Company accounts
1 Accounting policies and basis of preparation
Basis of preparation
The Company accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention and in accordance with UK Accounting 
Standards. These financial statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced 
Disclosure Framework. As permitted under FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions 
available under that standard in relation to share-based payments, business combinations, financial instruments, fair values, 
presentation of a cash flow statement and certain related party transactions.
Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements.
The financial statements are presented in sterling, rounded to the nearest thousand.
Going concern basis
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. For further details of the basis of this going concern 
assessment, please refer to Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements.
Investments
Investments are valued at cost less any provision for impairment.
Inter-Group receivables
Intra-Group receivables are recognised initially at fair value, and subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method, less an allowance for any uncollectable amounts. The Company assesses for doubtful debts (impairment) using 
the expected credit losses model as required by IFRS 9. For intra-Group receivables, the Company applies the simplified 
approach which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from the initial recognition of the receivables.
Derivatives
The Company enters into derivative transactions to manage its exposure to interest rate risks. Derivatives are recognised 
initially at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each reporting 
date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised 
as a financial asset, whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability.
Financial liabilities – Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried 
at amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised 
in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method
Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable 
that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. This is also applicable to fees for amendments to the loan facilities. In this 
case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all 
of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortised over the period 
of the facility to which it relates.
Share-based payment transactions
The Group operates a share option programme which allows employees of the Group to acquire shares in the Company. 
The fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee expense in the company in which the employees are 
employed with a corresponding increase in capital contribution. The Company recognises an increase in the investment 
held by the Company in the subsidiary in which the employees are employed.
The fair value of the options is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the options. The Black-Scholes valuation model is used to measure the fair value of the options 
granted, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The amount recognised as 
an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest except where forfeiture is only due to market 
based conditions not achieving the threshold for vesting. Refer to Note 20 in the consolidated financial statements for 
further details. 
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
120

Leases
i) Right of use assets
Right of use assets are initially measured at the value of the corresponding lease liability and subsequently adjusted for 
depreciation and for any remeasurement of the lease liability. Right of use assets are assessed for impairment where required 
by IAS 36. 
The right of use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier 
of the end of the useful life of the right of use asset or the end of the lease term. 
ii) Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities under IFRS 16 are initially recorded at the present value of future lease payments (discounted using the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate, which we estimate with reference to our debt facilities and observed bond yields). 
Lease liabilities include the net present value of fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease 
incentives receivable and variable payments.
Lease liabilities may be recalculated in some situations as stipulated by IFRS 16, including where the terms of a lease are 
modified, which can also result in a separate lease being recognised. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease 
payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be 
payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, 
extension or termination option. Such changes to the amount of the lease liability will be also reflected in the corresponding 
right of use asset, except where a reduction in the asset would result in a negative outcome, in which case the asset’s value 
is reduced to nil and the residual credit recorded in profit or loss.
In determining the lease term and assessing the length of the non-cancellable period of a lease, an entity shall apply the 
definition of a contract and determine the period for which the contract is enforceable. A lease is no longer enforceable when 
the lessee and lessor each has the right to terminate the lease without permission from the other party with no more than an 
insignificant penalty.
Impairment
The Company formally determines whether the carrying amount of right of use assets (“RoUA”) are impaired by considering 
indicators of impairment annually. Impairment is tested on the basis of each individual cash generating unit (CGU) – an 
individual restaurant or pub site. 
For intangible assets including investments, the testing is performed at the level of the relevant group of CGUs that benefit 
from the intangible asset or investment. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its 
CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. This requires the Company to determine the lowest level of assets which generate 
largely independent cash flows and to determine their recoverable amount, based on estimating the value-in-use or the fair 
value less cost of disposal of these assets or CGUs; and compare these to their carrying value. Impairment losses are 
recognised in the income statement.
Impairment losses recognised in prior periods for RoUA shall be reversed where there is an indication that the impairment 
no longer exists. Where an impairment reversal is recognised, the carrying amount of the asset will be increased to its 
recoverable amount with the increase being recognised in the income statement. This increased amount cannot exceed 
the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised 
for the asset in prior years.
For assets that have an indefinite useful life, the recoverable amount is estimated annually. Impairment losses are recognised 
in the income statement and are not subsequently reversed. 
Onerous property costs
The Company has a number of site related contractual commitments that are onerous and not included in the scope of IFRS 
16. Where these exist, typically for closed sites, the Company provides for its estimate of the minimum cost of exiting the 
contracted commitments, such as service charges and dilapidations obligations where these are included in the contracts 
with landlords.
Estimates have been made with respect to the amounts of future expenditures for site closure costs, which are reviewed 
semi-annually and are based on readily available information at the reporting date as well as management’s historical 
experience of similar transactions. 
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 121
Financial Statements

1 Accounting policies and basis of preparation continued
Critical accounting judgements and estimates
i) Impairment of non-current assets
Impairment reviews are conducted in line with the Group process as disclosed in Note 14 of the Group financial statements. 
The impairment reviews of investments require several estimates to determine the value-in-use including forecasts as 
described in Note 1 of the Group financial statements. The key estimates are in relation to the calculation of the future cash 
flows and discount rate. A reduction in sales of 5% has no impact on the impairment outcome. A 1% increase in the discount 
rate applied has no impact on the impairment outcome. 
ii) Forecast business cash flows
For purposes of the going concern assessment and as an input into the impairment assessment, the Company make 
estimates of likely future cash flows which are based on assumptions given the uncertainties involved. The assumptions 
include the cost of labour and supplies and working capital movements. These assumptions are made by management 
based on recent performance, external forecasts and management’s knowledge and expertise of the cashflow drivers. 
2 Profit attributable to members of the Company
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit and loss account has not been presented for 
the Company. 
Remuneration of the auditor is borne by a subsidiary undertaking (refer to Note 4 in the consolidated financial statements).
During the year, the Company made a gain of £11.9m relating to derivatives held at fair value through the profit and loss 
(refer to Note 23 in the consolidated financial statements).
All costs of employees and Directors are borne by a subsidiary undertaking. At 1 January 2023 the Company employed 
six persons, being the directors (2 January 2021: six persons). Refer to the Directors remuneration report for further details 
of remuneration paid for services.
Notes to the Company accounts continued
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
122

3 Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Shares
£m
Share Based 
Payment
£m
Total
£m
Cost and net book value
At 2 January 2022
91.8
31.4
123.2
Share-based payment schemes
–
2.4
2.4
At 1 January 2023
91.8
33.8
125.6
The Company’s subsidiaries are listed below:
Country of Incorporation
Status
Proportion of voting 
rights and shares held 
at 1 January 2023
Wagamama
Wagamama (Holdings) Limited  
(formerly Mabel Bidco Limited)
England and Wales
Holding
100%
Wagamama Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
Wagamama International (Franchising) Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
Wagamama CPU Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
Ramen USA Limited
England and Wales
Holding
100%
Wagamama USA Holdings Inc
USA
Holding
100%
Wagamama Inc
USA
Trading
100%
Wagamama NY 1011 3rd LLC
USA
Holding
100%
Wagamama NY 53 3rd LLC
USA
Holding
100%
Pubs
Brunning and Price Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
Blubeckers Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
Ribble Valley Inns Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
Leisure
TRG (Holdings) Limited
England and Wales
Holding
100%
The Restaurant Group (UK) Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
TRG Leisure Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
Barburrito Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
Concessions
TRG Concessions Limited
England and Wales
Trading
100%
Dormant
Mabel Topco Limited
England and Wales
Dormant
100%
Mabel Midco Limited
England and Wales
Dormant
100%
Mabel Mezzco Limited
England and Wales
Dormant
100%
Wagamama Group Limited
England and Wales
Dormant
100%
D.P.P. Restaurants Limited
England and Wales
Dormant
100%
Wagamama Finance Ltd
England and Wales
In Liquidation
100%
J.R. Restaurants Limited
England and Wales
In Liquidation
100%
G.R. Limited
England and Wales
In Liquidation
100%
The Company’s operating subsidiaries are registered in England, Wales and the USA, and operate restaurants in the United 
Kingdom and the USA. TRG (Holdings) Limited is directly owned, all other investments are indirectly owned. 
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 123
Financial Statements

4 Loans to subsidiary undertakings
On 22 November 2022, the Company was assigned £128.0m of receivable benefit from Mable Midco Limited in return 
for the extinguishment of its loan due from TRG (Holdings) Limited for the same amount. Following the assignment, 
the Company holds a receivable from TRG (Holdings) Limited of £597.3m. Interest is payable at a rate of 8% plus SONIA 
per annum with interest accruing quarterly on to the balance outstanding. 
During the year, an expected credit loss provision of £34.3m in relation to the debtor due from subsidiary undertaking, 
TRK (UK) Limited was recognised following the Directors’ review of the expected credit losses associated with the balance. 
Additionally, an expected credit loss provision of £4.1m was recognised in relation to the remaining amounts due from 
subsidiary undertakings. 
5 Long term Borrowings
Total Company borrowing facilities consist of a £120m Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) expiring in March 2027, and a £220m 
Term Loan which matures in April 2028. The RCF has £111.5m of committed borrowing facilities in excess of gross borrowings 
(2021: £111.6m) and is committed until March 2027. 
At 1 January 2023, the interest rate on the Term Loan is 6.5% above SONIA. A margin ratchet linked to the leverage ratio is 
in place which ranges from 6.5% to 7.25% for the Term Loan, and 2.5% to 4% for the RCF. A commitment fee of 0.9% applies 
for undrawn amounts of the RCF. The maturity dates on the Group’s debt facilities are as follows: April 2028 for the Term 
Loan; and March 2027 for the RCF.
In the prior and current year, in order to manage the risk of interest rate changes on borrowings, the Group entered into 
interest rate caps. The caps have effective dates of 17 November 2022 to 17 November 2026, for a value of £125.0m to 
November 2025 and £100.0 to November 2026. The strike price of the interest rate cap is 0.8% and a total premium of 
£3.1m was paid. The interest rate cap is measured at fair value through the profit and loss.
6 The Company as a lessee
Set out below are the movements in the carrying amount of lease liabilities and right of use assets during the period. 
All leases relate to access to and use of property.
Right of use asset
Lease liability
2022
£m
2021
£m
2022
£m
2021
£m
Brought forward
–
–
(1.5)
(3.0)
Additions
–
–
–
–
Unwinding of discount on lease liabilities
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
Cash payments made
–
–
0.4
0.4
Extinguished in disposals
–
–
–
1.2
Remeasurements
–
–
(0.2)
–
Depreciation
–
–
–
–
Impairment
–
–
–
–
Carried forward
–
–
(1.4)
(1.5)
Analysed as:
Amount due for settlement within one year
(0.3)
(0.3)
Amount due for settlement after one year
(1.1)
(1.2)
(1.4)
(1.5)
The total value of expense relating to short term leases in 2022 totalled £nil (2021: £nil). 
Notes to the Company accounts continued
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
124

Group financial record
2022
£m
2021
Restated
£m
2020
Restated
£m
2019
£m
2018
Restated
£m
Revenue
883.0
636.6
459.8
1,073.1
686.0
Adjusted operating profit
72.7
37.1
(49.7)
91.1
55.4
Underlying interest
(42.0)
(45.1)
(37.8)
(16.6)
(2.2)
Adjusted (loss)/profit before tax
30.7
(8.0)
(87.5)
74.5
53.2
Non-trading (charges)/credits
(117.5)
(27.2)
(45.4)
(111.8)
(39.3)
(Loss)/Profit on ordinary activities before tax
(86.8)
(35.2)
(132.9)
(37.3)
13.9
Tax
18.3
(5.1)
8.7
(3.1)
(7.0)
(Loss)/Profit for the year
(68.5)
(40.3)
(124.2)
(40.4)
6.9
Basic earnings per share
(9.0p)
(5.6p)
(22.1p)
(8.2p)
2.4p
Adjusted earnings per share
3.3p
(0.7p)
(13.4p)
11.9p
14.7p
Proposed total ordinary dividend per share for the year
–
–
–
2.1p
8.3p
Special dividend per share
–
–
–
–
–
Dividend cover (excluding non-trading items and 
special dividends)
N/A
N/A
N/A
5.7p
1.8p
Employment of finance
Property, plant and equipment
257.7
285.1
300.3
335.7
430.6
Other non-current assets
604.1
599.9
599.5
618.0
620.9
Net current liabilities
(157.5)
(32.0)
(141.7)
(112.0)
(97.6)
Long-term liabilities
(585.5)
(702.2)
(822.7)
(439.9)
(495.3)
118.8
150.8
(64.6)
401.8
458.6
Financed by:
Equity 
380.0
447.0
307.3
401.9
458.6
Net debt 
(581.7)
(582.0)
(824.2)
(286.6)
(291.1)
Gearing
153.1%
130.2%
268.2%
71.3%
63.5%
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 125
Financial Statements

Glossary
Measure
Description
Adjusted diluted EPS
Calculated by taking the profit after tax of the business pre-exceptional items divided by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year, including the effect of dilutive 
potential ordinary shares.
Adjusted EBITDA
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items. Calculated by 
taking the Trading business operating profit and adding back depreciation and amortisation.
Adjusted EPS
Calculated by taking the profit after tax of the business pre-exceptional items divided by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year.
Adjusted operating profit
Operating profit prior to the impact of Exceptional items.
Adjusted operating margin Calculated as the Operating profit as a percentage of Revenue. For the “Adjusted” basis 
this is using the profit and revenue prior to Exceptional items
Adjusted profit before tax
Calculated by taking the profit before tax of the business pre-Exceptional items.
Adjusted tax charge
Calculated by taking the tax of the business pre-Exceptional items.
Effective adjusted tax rate
Calculated as the tax expense as a percentage of profit before tax. For the “Adjusted” basis 
this is using the tax and profit prior to Exceptional items.
Cash headroom
Calculated as the funds available to the business through either its Cash & cash equivalents 
balance or through undrawn facilities, less letters of credit.
Capital expenditure
This is calculated as the total of Development capital expenditure and Refurbishment and 
maintenance expenditure and is the cash outflow associated with the acquisition of Property, 
plant and equipment, intangibles and investments in the US joint venture.
Development capital 
expenditure
This is the Capital expenditure relating to profit-generating projects upon which we expect 
a commercial return in future years.
EBITDA
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment.
Exceptional items
Those items that are material, and not related to the underlying trade of the business.
Free cash flow
Adjusted EBITDA (IAS17 basis) less working capital and non-cash adjustments (excluding 
exceptional items), tax payments, interest payments and Refurbishment and maintenance 
expenditure.
Like-for-like sales
This measure provides an indicator of the underlying performance of our existing restaurants. 
There is no accounting standard or consistent definition of “like-for-like sales” across the 
industry. Group like-for-like sales are calculated by comparing the performance of all mature 
(traded for at least 65 weeks) sites in the current period versus the comparable period in the 
prior year. Sites that are closed, disposed or disrupted during a financial year are excluded 
from the like-for-like sales calculation.
Minimum liquidity
The minimum liquidity is a financial covenant required under the terms of our loans to have 
a minimum of both available undrawn facilities plus Cash and cash equivalents of at least 
£40 million.
Net debt
Net debt is calculated as the net of all borrowings less cash and cash equivalents, plus the 
IFRS 16 Lease liabilities.
Pre-lease liability net debt
As above Net Debt but excluding the IFRS 16 Lease liabilities.
Refurbishment and 
maintenance expenditure
This is the Capital expenditure relating to projects to maintain and refurbish our estate. 
No incremental financial return is expected on this expenditure.
Return on Invested Capital 
(ROIC)
Outlet EBITDA (pre-IFRS 16 and exceptional charges)/initial capital invested.
Trading business
Represents the performance of the business before exceptional items.
TSR 
Total Shareholder Return over a period. Total shareholder return (TSR) is calculated as 
the overall appreciation in the share price, plus any dividends paid, during a period of time; 
this is then divided by the initial purchase price of the stock to arrive at the TSR.
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
126

Directors
Ken Hanna
Non-Executive Chairman
Andy Hornby 
Chief Executive Officer
Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer
Graham Clemett
Senior Independent Director
Alex Gersh
Independent Non-Executive Director
Zoe Morgan 
Independent Non-Executive Director
Loraine Woodhouse 
Independent Non-Executive Director
Company Secretary
Andrew Eames 
Head office  
(and address for all correspondence)
5-7 Marshalsea Road 
London SE1 1EP
Telephone number
020 3117 5001
Company number 
SC030343
Registered office
1 George Square 
Glasgow G2 1AL
Registrar
Equiniti Limited
Aspect house 
Spencer Road 
Lancing  
West Sussex BN99 6DA
Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP
1 More London Place 
London SE1 2AF
Solicitors
Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row 
London EC1Y 8YY
Brokers
Investec Bank plc 
30 Gresham Street 
London EC2V 7QP
Citigroup Global Markets Limited
33 Canada Square 
Canary Wharf 
London E14 5LB
Annual General Meeting
Tuesday 23 May 2023
Shareholder information
Overview
Strategic report
Governance
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022 127
Financial Statements

Notes
The Restaurant Group plc  Annual Report 2022
128

The paper used in this report is 100% recycled and FSC® certified.
 
Printed in the UK using vegetable based inks which have lower VOC emissions 
(Volatile Organic Compounds), are derived from renewable sources and less 
hazardous than oil-based inks. 
 
The printer is ISO 14001 accredited and Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC®) chain 
of custody certified. Under the framework of ISO 14001 a structured approach is 
taken by the company to measure, improve and audit their environmental status on 
an ongoing basis. FSC® ensures there is an audited chain of custody from the tree 
in the well-managed forest through to the finished document in the printing factory.
 
 
Designed and produced by Instinctif Partners  www.creative.instinctif.com

The Restaurant Group plc
5–7 Marshalsea Road
London SE1 1EP
Tel: 020 3117 5001
www.trgplc.com